US20190231799A1 - Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases - Google Patents

Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20190231799A1
US20190231799A1 US16/257,287 US201916257287A US2019231799A1 US 20190231799 A1 US20190231799 A1 US 20190231799A1 US 201916257287 A US201916257287 A US 201916257287A US 2019231799 A1 US2019231799 A1 US 2019231799A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
substituted
unsubstituted
thiazol
ethyl
hydrogen
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US16/257,287
Inventor
Kevin Peters
Robert Shalwitz
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Eyepoint Pharmaceuticals Inc
Original Assignee
Aerpio Therapeutics LLC
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Aerpio Therapeutics LLC filed Critical Aerpio Therapeutics LLC
Priority to US16/257,287 priority Critical patent/US20190231799A1/en
Assigned to AERPIO THERAPEUTICS, INC. reassignment AERPIO THERAPEUTICS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SHALWITZ, ROBERT, PETERS, KEVIN
Assigned to AERPIO THERAPEUTICS LLC reassignment AERPIO THERAPEUTICS LLC CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: AERPIO THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Publication of US20190231799A1 publication Critical patent/US20190231799A1/en
Priority to US16/559,006 priority patent/US20200108080A1/en
Assigned to Aerpio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. reassignment Aerpio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: AERPIO THERAPEUTICS LLC
Assigned to EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. reassignment EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: Aerpio Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/63—Compounds containing para-N-benzenesulfonyl-N-groups, e.g. sulfanilamide, p-nitrobenzenesulfonyl hydrazide
    • A61K31/635—Compounds containing para-N-benzenesulfonyl-N-groups, e.g. sulfanilamide, p-nitrobenzenesulfonyl hydrazide having a heterocyclic ring, e.g. sulfadiazine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/04—Nitro compounds
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/095—Sulfur, selenium, or tellurium compounds, e.g. thiols
    • A61K31/10—Sulfides; Sulfoxides; Sulfones
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425—Thiazoles
    • A61K31/426—1,3-Thiazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425—Thiazoles
    • A61K31/427—Thiazoles not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425—Thiazoles
    • A61K31/428—Thiazoles condensed with carbocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4439—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/496—Non-condensed piperazines containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. rifampin, thiothixene or sparfloxacin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/4965—Non-condensed pyrazines
    • A61K31/497—Non-condensed pyrazines containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/513—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. cytosine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/538—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/04—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/05—Dipeptides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/30—Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
    • A61K47/36—Polysaccharides; Derivatives thereof, e.g. gums, starch, alginate, dextrin, hyaluronic acid, chitosan, inulin, agar or pectin
    • A61K47/40—Cyclodextrins; Derivatives thereof
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D263/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D263/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/28—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/38—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D277/50—Nitrogen atoms bound to hetero atoms
    • C07D277/52—Nitrogen atoms bound to hetero atoms to sulfur atoms, e.g. sulfonamides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62—Benzothiazoles
    • C07D277/64—Benzothiazoles with only hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/22—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against growth factors ; against growth regulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner

Definitions

  • compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases inter alia, diabetic macular edema, age-related macular degeneration (wet form), choroidal neovascularization, diabetic retinopathy, retinal vein occlusion (central or branch), ocular trauma, surgery induced edema, surgery induced neovascularization, cystoid macular edema, ocular ischemia, uveitis, and the like.
  • diseases or conditions are characterized by changes in the ocular vasculature whether progressive or non-progressive, whether a result of an acute disease or condition, or a chronic disease or condition.
  • the eye comprises several structurally and functionally distinct vascular beds, which supply ocular components critical to the maintenance of vision. These include the retinal and choroidal vasculatures, which supply the inner and outer portions of the retina, respectively, and the limbal vasculature located at the periphery of the cornea. Injuries and diseases that impair the normal structure or function of these vascular beds are among the leading causes of visual impairment and blindness. For example, diabetic retinopathy is the most common disease affecting the retinal vasculature, and is the leading cause of vision loss among the working age population in the United States. Vascularization of the cornea secondary to injury or disease is yet another category of ocular vascular disease that can lead to severe impairment of vision.
  • Macular degeneration is a general medical term that applies to any of several disease syndromes which involve a gradual loss or impairment of eyesight due to cell and tissue degeneration of the yellow macular region in the center of the retina.
  • Macular degeneration is often characterized as one of two types, non-exudative (dry form) or exudative (wet form). Although both types are bilateral and progressive, each type may reflect different pathological processes.
  • the wet form of age-related macular degeneration (AMD) is the most common form of choroidal neovascularization and a leading cause of blindness in the elderly. AMD affects millions of Americans over the age of 60, and is the leading cause of new blindness among the elderly.
  • Choroidal neovascular membrane is a problem that is related to a wide variety of retinal diseases, but is most commonly linked to age-related macular degeneration.
  • CNVM Choroidal neovascular membrane
  • Diabetes is a metabolic disease caused by the inability of the pancreas to produce insulin or to use the insulin that is produced.
  • the most common types of diabetes are type 1 diabetes (often referred to as Juvenile Onset Diabetes Mellitus) and type 2 diabetes (often referred to as Adult Onset Diabetes Mellitus).
  • Type 1 diabetes results from the body's failure to produce insulin due to loss of insulin producing cells, and presently requires the person to inject insulin.
  • Type 2 diabetes generally results from insulin resistance, a condition in which cells fail to use insulin properly.
  • Type 2 diabetes of the has a component of insulin deficiency as well.
  • DR diabetic retinopathy
  • DME diabetic macular edema
  • Diabetic retinopathy is a complication of diabetes that results from damage to the blood vessels of the light-sensitive tissue at the back of the eye (retina). At first, diabetic retinopathy may cause no symptoms or only mild vision problems. Eventually, however, diabetic retinopathy can result in blindness. Diabetic retinopathy can develop in anyone who has type 1 diabetes or type 2 diabetes.
  • non-proliferative retinopathy microaneurysms occur in the retina's tiny blood vessels. As the disease progresses, more of these blood vessels become damaged or blocked and these areas of the retina send signals into the regional tissue to grow new blood vessels for nourishment. This stage is called proliferative retinopathy. The new blood vessels grow along the retina and along the surface of the clear, vitreous gel that fills the inside of the eye.
  • these blood vessels do not cause symptoms or vision loss. However, they have thin, fragile walls and without timely treatment, these new blood vessels can leak blood (whole blood or some constituents thereof) which can result in severe vision loss and even blindness.
  • fluid can leak into the center of the macula, the part of the eye where sharp, straight-ahead vision occurs.
  • the fluid and the associated protein begin to deposit on or under the macula swell the patient's central vision becomes distorted. This condition is called macular edema. It can occur at any stage of diabetic retinopathy, although it is more likely to occur as the disease progresses. About half of the people with proliferative retinopathy also have macular edema.
  • Uveitis is a condition in which the uvea becomes inflamed.
  • the eye is shaped much like a tennis ball, hollow on the inside with three different layers of tissue surrounding a central cavity.
  • the outermost is the sclera (white coat of the eye) and the innermost is the retina.
  • the middle layer between the sclera and the retina is called the uvea.
  • the uvea contains many of the blood vessels that nourish the eye. Complications of uveitis include glaucoma, cataracts or new blood vessel formation (neovascularization).
  • the currently available interventions for exudative (wet form) macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, choroidal neovascular membrane and complications from uveitis or trauma include laser photocoagulation therapy, low dose radiation (teletherapy) and surgical removal of neovascular membranes (vitrectomy).
  • Laser therapy has had limited success and selected choroidal neovascular membranes which initially respond to laser therapy have high disease recurrence rates. There is also a potential loss of vision resulting from laser therapy.
  • Low dose radiation has been applied ineffectively to induce regression of choroidal neovascularization.
  • ranibizumab and pegaptinib which are vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) antagonist, have been approved for use in age-related macular degeneration.
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • Retinal vein occlusion is the most common retinal vascular disease after diabetic retinopathy. Depending on the area of retinal venous drainage effectively occluded, it is broadly classified as either central retinal vein occlusion (CRVO), hemispheric retinal vein occlusion (HRVO), or branch retinal vein occlusion (BRVO). It has been observed that each of these has two subtypes. Presentation of RVO in general is with variable painless visual loss with any combination of fundal findings consisting of retinal vascular tortuosity, retinal hemorrhages (blot and flame shaped), cotton wool spots, optic disc swelling and macular edema.
  • CRVO central retinal vein occlusion
  • HRVO hemispheric retinal vein occlusion
  • BRVO branch retinal vein occlusion
  • CRVO retinal hemorrhages will be found in all four quadrants of the fundus, whilst these are restricted to either the superior or inferior fundal hemisphere in a HRVO.
  • HRVO fundal hemisphere
  • hemorrhages are largely localized to the area drained by the occluded branch retinal vein. Vision loss occurs secondary to macular edema or ischemia.
  • the disclosed Figures represent a control or baseline study used as a benchmark for determining the effectiveness of the disclosed methods for treating ocular diseases ( FIGS. 1 and 3 ) and studies directed to the disclosed methods. Described herein below, four patients with visual acuity loss due to diabetic macular edema (central retinal thickness [CRT] of more than 325 microns and best corrected visual acuity less than 70 letters) were treated with subcutaneous injections of 5 mg of the disclosed compound twice a day for 28 days and then observed for an additional two months (days 28 through 84).
  • CRT central retinal thickness
  • an anti-VEGF agent for example, ranibizumab, bevacizumab and/or aflibercept if considered by the investigator to be medically necessary.
  • Retinal thickness as measured by ocular coherence tomography and best corrected visual acuity as measured by a standard vision test were assessed at regular intervals during the 28 day active treatment phase and through the 2 month post-treatment observation phase, (Screening, Day 1 [baseline], Day 7, Day 14, Day 21, Day 28, Day 42, Day 56 and Day 84).
  • the main efficacy outcomes for the study were change in CRT and visual acuity over time with treatment.
  • FIG. 1 depicts the results of two phase three studies to determine the effect of intravitreal injections of ranibizumab in patients with diabetic macular edema. Results of these studies were used as a benchmark for determining the effectiveness of the disclosed methods for treating ocular diseases.
  • patients received intravitreal injections with either 0.3 mg ( ⁇ ) or 0.5 mg ( ⁇ ) ranibizumab monthly, whereas the control group ( ⁇ ) received placebo.
  • the reduction in Central Foveal Thickness (CFT) for both the 0.3 mg and 0.5 mg cohorts were essentially identical.
  • the two groups receiving ranibizumab had a reduction in Central Foveal Thickness of approximately 120 to 160 ⁇ m from day 7 to 1 month after the first injection of ranibizumab.
  • FIG. 2 depicts the results of a study wherein 4 patients received 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily for 28 days and subsequently were treated in one or both eyes (7 eyes total) with either ranibizumab (0.3 or 0.5 mg) or aflibercept (2 mg) by intravitreal injection at the discretion of the study investigator.
  • FIG. 2 depicts the results of a study wherein 4 patients received 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily for 28 days and subsequently were treated in one or both eyes (7 eyes total) with either ranibizumab (0.3 or 0.5 mg) or aflibercept (2 mg) by intravitreal injection at the discretion of the study investigator.
  • ranibizumab 0.3 or 0.5 mg
  • aflibercept 2 mg
  • 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 50-100 ⁇ m
  • 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 150-200 ⁇ m
  • 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 200-250 ⁇ m
  • 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 300-350 ⁇ m
  • 2 patient eyes had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 350-400 ⁇ m
  • 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 450-500 ⁇ m at 14-28 days post ranibizumab or aflibercept.
  • the mean change in Central Foveal Thickness was ⁇ 289 ⁇ m, approximately double the reduction seen 7 days to one month after ranibizumab injection in the benchmark study as depicted in FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 3 depicts the results of two phase three studies to determine the effect of intravitreal injections of ranibizumab in patients with diabetic macular edema. Results of these studies were used as a benchmark for determining the effectiveness of the disclosed methods for treating ocular diseases.
  • the control group is represented by ( ⁇ ).
  • Patients receiving 0.3 mg of ranibizumab monthly via ocular injection are represented by ( ⁇ ).
  • Patients receiving 0.5 mg of ranibizumab monthly via ocular injection are represented by ( ⁇ ).
  • the two groups receiving ranibizumab had an increase in visual acuity of between approximately 4 to 6 letters from day 7 to 1 month after the first injection of ranibizumab.
  • FIG. 4 depicts the increased visual acuity of a study wherein 4 patients received 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily for 28 days and subsequently were treated with either ranibizumab (0.3 or 0.5 mg) or aflibercept (2 mg) by intravitreal injection at the discretion of the study investigator.
  • FIG. 4 is read in this manner: 1 patient eye had an increase of from 16 to 18 letters improvement, 2 patient eyes had an increase of from 14 to 16 letters improvement, 1 patient eye had an increase of from 10 to 12 letters improvement, 1 patient eye had an increase of from 6 to 8 letters improvement, 1 patient eye had an increase of from 2 to 4 letters improvement, and 1 patient eye had a decrease of from 2 to 4 letters at 14-28 days post ranibizumab or aflibercept.
  • the mean change in Visual Acuity was 9 letters, approximately 3 to 5 letters more improvement than seen 7 days to one month after ranibizumab injection in the benchmark study as depicted in FIG. 3 .
  • FIG. 5 represents the results of a single patient.
  • the eye having the greater Central Foveal Thickness is chosen as the Study Eye.
  • the patient from day one was given 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily.
  • the fellow eye is treated with 0.5 mg of ranibizumab.
  • the treated eye is treated with 0.5 mg of ranibizumab.
  • the Central Foveal Thickness of the study eye drops significantly by week 4 (28 days). Without wishing to be limited by theory, it is believed that when the fellow eye is treated with an injection of 0.5 mg of ranibizumab, the ranibizumab enters the study eye systemically.
  • FIG. 6 represents the results of a single patient.
  • the eye having the greater Central Foveal Thickness is chosen as the Treated Eye (Study Eye).
  • the patient from day one was given 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily.
  • the fellow eye is rescued with 2 mg of aflibercept.
  • the Fellow eye has a CFT reduction of approximately 400 ⁇ m.
  • the treated eye is rescued with 2 mg of aflibercept.
  • the Study eye has a CFT reduction of approximately 310 ⁇ m.
  • the invention provides: a method for treating an ocular disease, comprising administering: a) a compound having the formula:
  • R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl unit having the formula:
  • R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 are each independently: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 linear, C 3 -C 6 branched, or C 3 -C 6 cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 linear, C 3 -C 6 branched, or C 3 -C 6 cyclic alkenyl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 6 linear or branched alkynyl; v) substituted or unsubstituted C 6 or C 10 aryl; vi) substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 9 heteroaryl; vii) substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 9 heterocyclic; or viii) R 2 and R 3 can be taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms; wherein from 1 to 3 atoms can optionally be hetero
  • R 1 is chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) hydroxyl; iii) amino; iv) substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 linear, C 3 -C 6 branched, or C 3 -C 6 cyclic alkyl; v) substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 linear, C 3 -C 6 branched, or C 3 -C 6 cyclic alkoxy; vi) substituted or unsubstituted C 6 or C 10 aryl; vii) substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 9 heterocyclic rings; or viii) substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 9 heteroaryl rings; L is a linking unit having the formula:
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently: i) hydrogen; or ii) substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 linear, C 3 -C 6 branched, or C 3 -C 6 cyclic alkyl;
  • R 8 is: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 linear, C 3 -C 6 branched, or C 3 -C 6 cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted C 6 or C 10 aryl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 9 heteroaryl; or v) substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 9 heterocyclic;
  • R 6a and R 6b are each independently: i) hydrogen; or ii) C 1 -C 4 linear or C 3 -C 4 branched alkyl; the index n is 0 or 1; the indices t, w and x are
  • pharmaceutically acceptable is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material can be administered to an individual along with the relevant active compound without causing clinically unacceptable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical composition in which it is contained.
  • Ranges may be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint.
  • a weight percent of a component is based on the total weight of the formulation or composition in which the component is included.
  • an effective amount means “an amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds, effective at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired or therapeutic result.”
  • An effective amount may vary according to factors known in the art, such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the human or animal being treated.
  • dosage regimes may be described in examples herein, a person skilled in the art would appreciate that the dosage regime may be altered to provide optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
  • the compositions of this disclosure can be administered as frequently as necessary to achieve a therapeutic amount.
  • “Admixture” or “blend” is generally used herein means a physical combination of two or more different components
  • Excipient is used herein to include any other compound that may be contained in or combined with one or more of the disclosed inhibitors that is not a therapeutically or biologically active compound. As such, an excipient should be pharmaceutically or biologically acceptable or relevant (for example, an excipient should generally be non-toxic to the subject). “Excipient” includes a single such compound and is also intended to include a plurality of excipients.
  • HPTP beta or “HPTP- ⁇ ” are used interchangeably herein and are abbreviations for human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta.
  • Excipient is used herein to include any other compound that may be contained in or combined with one or more of the disclosed inhibitors that is not a therapeutically or biologically active compound. As such, an excipient should be pharmaceutically or biologically acceptable or relevant (for example, an excipient should generally be non-toxic to the subject). “Excipient” includes a single such compound and is also intended to include a plurality of excipients.
  • a “subject” is meant an individual patient being treated for one or more of the ocular diseases described herein.
  • reduce or other forms of the word, such as “reducing” or “reduction,” is meant lowering of an event or characteristic (e.g., vascular leakage). It is understood that this is typically in relation to some standard or expected value, in other words it is relative, but that it is not always necessary for the standard or relative value to be referred to.
  • treatment or other forms of the word such as “treated” or “treatment” is used herein to mean that administration of a compound of the present invention mitigates a disease or a disorder in a host and/or reduces, inhibits, or eliminates a particular characteristic or event associated with a disorder (e.g., vascular leakage).
  • treatment includes, preventing a disorder from occurring in a host, particularly when the host is predisposed to acquiring the disease, but has not yet been diagnosed with the disease; inhibiting the disorder; and/or alleviating or reversing the disorder.
  • the term “prevent” does not require that the disease state be completely thwarted.
  • the term preventing refers to the ability of the skilled artisan to identify a population that is susceptible to disorders, such that administration of the compounds of the present invention may occur prior to onset of a disease. The term does not imply that the disease state be completely avoided.
  • a composition includes mixtures of two or more such compositions
  • a phenylsulfamic acid includes mixtures of two or more such phenylsulfamic acids
  • the compound includes mixtures of two or more such compounds, and the like.
  • Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as “about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “about 10” is also disclosed.
  • the present disclosure relates to compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases, especially ocular disease wherein neovascularization and vascular leakage are present. These diseases are sometimes characterized as diseases wherein there is an elevated angiogenic response in the vessels associated with the eye.
  • the present disclosure provides a Human Protein Tyrosine Phosphatase-beta (HPTP-13) inhibitor that provides vascular stabilization.
  • VEGF Vascular Endothelia Growth Factor
  • PDR proliferative diabetic retinopathy
  • VEGF Vascular Endothelia Growth Factor
  • Studies have demonstrated not only a correlation of the VEGF levels with the severity of proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), but also a reduction in the levels after successful laser treatment of PDR Ischemia in the retina due to microvascular occlusion induces the release of VEGF into the vitreous cavity; highly concentrated VEGF in the ocular fluid leads to the growth of new vessels, VEGF also increases the permeability of capillary vessels and contributes to diabetic macular edema.
  • PDR proliferative diabetic retinopathy
  • Retinal fibrovascular membranes represent an important risk factor for severe vision loss in patients with diabetic retinopathy.
  • the disclosed HPTP-13 inhibitor acts to stabilize ocular vasculature and, as such, serves to counter act the stimulation caused by VEGF and other inflammatory agents that may be present in the diseased retina.
  • HPTP-13 inhibitor 4- ⁇ (S)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl ⁇ phenylsulfamic acid.
  • This compound can be used as a treatment in combination with anti-VEGF agents, as a therapy in combination with anti-VEGF agents.
  • HPTP- ⁇ can be used to maintain the level of disease reversal after anti-VEGF drugs have withdrawn.
  • hydrocarbyl stands for any carbon atom-based unit (organic molecule), said units optionally containing one or more organic functional group, including inorganic atom comprising salts, inter alia, carboxylate salts, quaternary ammonium salts.
  • organic hydrocarbyl Within the broad meaning of the term “hydrocarbyl” are the classes “acyclic hydrocarbyl” and “cyclic hydrocarbyl” which terms are used to divide hydrocarbyl units into cyclic and non-cyclic classes.
  • cyclic hydrocarbyl units can comprise only carbon atoms in the ring (i.e., carbocyclic and aryl rings) or can comprise one or more heteroatoms in the ring (i.e., heterocyclic and heteroaryl rings).
  • carbocyclic and aryl rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring are 3 carbon atoms; cyclopropyl.
  • aryl the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring are 6 carbon atoms; phenyl.
  • heterocyclic the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring is 1 carbon atom; diazirinyl.
  • Ethylene oxide comprises 2 carbon atoms and is a C 2 heterocycle.
  • heteroaryl rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring is 1 carbon atom; 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl.
  • acyclic hydrocarbyl and “cyclic hydrocarbyl” as used herein.
  • carbocyclic rings are from C 3 to C 20 ; aryl rings are C 6 or C 10 ; heterocyclic rings are from C 1 to C 9 ; and heteroaryl rings are from C 1 to C 9 .
  • fused ring units as well as spirocyclic rings, bicyclic rings and the like, which comprise a single heteroatom will be characterized and referred to herein as being encompassed by the cyclic family corresponding to the heteroatom containing ring, although the artisan may have alternative characterizations.
  • 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline having the formula:
  • heteroaryl unit is, for the purposes of the present disclosure, considered a heteroaryl unit.
  • a fused ring unit contains heteroatoms in both a saturated ring (heterocyclic ring) and an aryl ring (heteroaryl ring)
  • the aryl ring will predominate and determine the type of category to which the ring is assigned herein for the purposes of describing the invention.
  • 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-[1,8]naphthpyridine having the formula:
  • substituted is used throughout the specification.
  • substituted unit or moiety is a hydrocarbyl unit or moiety, whether acyclic or cyclic, which has one or more hydrogen atoms replaced by a substituent or several substituents as defined herein below.”
  • the units, when substituting for hydrogen atoms are capable of replacing one hydrogen atom, two hydrogen atoms, or three hydrogen atoms of a hydrocarbyl moiety at a time.
  • these substituents can replace two hydrogen atoms on two adjacent carbons to form said substituent, new moiety, or unit.
  • a substituted unit that requires a single hydrogen atom replacement includes halogen, hydroxyl, and the like.
  • a two hydrogen atom replacement includes carbonyl, oximino, and the like.
  • a two hydrogen atom replacement from adjacent carbon atoms includes epoxy, and the like.
  • Three hydrogen replacement includes cyano, and the like.
  • substituted is used throughout the present specification to indicate that a hydrocarbyl moiety, inter alia, aromatic ring, alkyl chain; can have one or more of the hydrogen atoms replaced by a substituent. When a moiety is described as “substituted” any number of the hydrogen atoms may be replaced.
  • 4-hydroxyphenyl is a “substituted aromatic carbocyclic ring (aryl ring)”, (N,N-dimethyl-5-amino)octanyl is a “substituted C 8 linear alkyl unit, 3-guanidinopropyl is a “substituted C 3 linear alkyl unit,” and 2-carboxypyridinyl is a “substituted heteroaryl unit.”
  • composition of matter stand equally well for each other and are used interchangeably throughout the specification.
  • the disclosed compounds include all enantiomeric forms, diastereomeric forms, salts, and the like.
  • the compounds disclosed herein include all salt forms, for example, salts of both basic groups, inter alia, amines, as well as salts of acidic groups, inter alia, carboxylic acids.
  • anions that can form salts with protonated basic groups: chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, carbonate, bicarbonate, phosphate, formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate, pyruvate, lactate, oxalate, malonate, maleate, succinate, tartrate, fumarate, citrate, and the like.
  • cations that can form salts of acidic groups: ammonium, sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, bismuth, lysine, and the like.
  • the units which comprise R and Z can comprise units having any configuration, and, as such, the disclosed compounds can be single enantiomers, diastereomeric pairs, or combinations thereof.
  • the compounds can be isolated as salts or hydrates.
  • the compounds can comprises more than one cation or anion.
  • any number of water molecules, or fractional part thereof for example, less than 1 water molecule present for each molecule of analog) can be present.
  • R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl unit having the formula:
  • R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 are substituent groups that can be independently chosen from a wide variety of non-carbon atom containing units (for example, hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino, halogen, nitro, and the like) or organic substituent units, such as substituted and unsubstituted acyclic hydrocarbyl and cyclic hydrocarbyl units as described herein.
  • the carbon comprising units can comprise from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • An example of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds wherein R units are thiazol-2-yl units having the formula:
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently chosen from:
  • An example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units having the formula:
  • R 3 is hydrogen and R 2 is a unit chosen from methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), tert-butyl (C 4 ), n-pentyl (C 5 ), 1-methylbutyl (C 5 ), 2-methylbutyl (C 5 ), 3-methylbutyl (C 5 ), cyclopropyl (C 3 ), n-hexyl (C 6 ), 4-methylpentyl (C 6 ), and cyclohexyl (C 6 ).
  • R 2 is a unit chosen from methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), and tert-butyl (C 4 ); and R 3 is a unit chosen from methyl (C 1 ) or ethyl (C 2 ).
  • Non-limiting examples of this aspect of R includes 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl, 4-ethyl-5-methylthiazol-2-yl, 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl, and 4,5-diethylthiazol-2-yl.
  • a further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 3 is hydrogen and R 2 is a substituted alkyl unit, said substitutions chosen from:
  • units that can be a substitute for a R 2 or R 3 hydrogen atom on R units include 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl, 2-methoxycyclohexyl, and 4-chlorocyclohexyl.
  • R units include units wherein R 3 is hydrogen and R 2 is phenyl or substituted phenyl, wherein non-limiting examples of R 2 units include phenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-cyclopropylphenyl, 4-diethylaminophenyl, 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(difluoromethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, and 3,4-dichloro-phenyl, which when incorporated into the definition of R affords the following R units 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl, 3,4-dimethylphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-tert-butylphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-cyclopropylphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-diethy
  • a still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 2 is chosen from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and iso-propyl and R 3 is phenyl or substituted phenyl.
  • R unit according to the fifth aspect of the first category of R units includes 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl and 4-ethyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl.
  • compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl, for example thiophen-2-yl, 5-chlorothiophen-2-yl, and 5-methylthiophen-2-yl.
  • a still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted thiophen-3-yl, for example thiophen-3-yl, 5-chlorothiophen-3-yl, and 5-methylthiophen-3-yl.
  • R units wherein R 2 and R 3 are taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms.
  • Non-limiting examples of the sixth aspect of the first category of R units include 5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]thiazol-2-yl and 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl.
  • compounds of Formula (I) include R units that are thiazol-4-yl or thiazol-5-yl units having the formula:
  • R 4 is a unit chosen from:
  • An example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 4 is hydrogen.
  • a further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 4 is a unit chosen from methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), and tert-butyl (C 4 ).
  • R 4 is a unit chosen from methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), and tert-butyl (C 4 ).
  • R 4 is a unit chosen from methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n-but
  • a still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, non-limiting examples of which include phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, and 4-methoxyphenyl.
  • R units wherein R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, non-limiting examples of which include thiophen-2-yl, thiophen-3-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl, 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl, 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, and 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl.
  • 5-member ring R units includes substituted or unsubstituted imidazolyl units having the formula:
  • imidazolyl R units includes imidazol-2-yl units having the formula:
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently chosen from:
  • R units include compounds wherein R units have the formula:
  • R 3 is hydrogen and R 2 is a unit chosen from methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), and tert-butyl (C 4 ).
  • R units includes compounds wherein R 2 is a unit chosen from methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), iso-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), and tert-butyl (C 4 ); and R 3 is a unit chosen from methyl (C 1 ) or ethyl (C 2 ).
  • Non-limiting examples of this aspect of R includes 4,5-dimethylimidazol-2-yl, 4-ethyl-5-methylimidazol-2-yl, 4-methyl-5-ethylimidazol-2-yl, and 4,5-diethylimidazol-2-yl.
  • R units includes compounds wherein R 3 is hydrogen and R 2 is a substituted alkyl unit chosen, said substitutions chosen from:
  • Non-limiting examples of units comprising this embodiment of R includes: —CH 2 F, —CHF 2 , —CF 3 , —CH 2 CF 3 , —CH 2 Cl, —CH 2 OH, —CH 2 OCH 3 , —CH 2 CH 2 OH, —CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , —CH 2 NH 2 , —CH 2 NHCH 3 , —CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , and —CH 2 NH(CH 2 CH 3 ).
  • R units include units wherein R 3 is hydrogen and R 2 is phenyl.
  • R units include units wherein R 3 is hydrogen and R 2 is a heteroaryl unit chosen from 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, [1,2,3]triazol-4-yl, [1,2,3]triazol-5-yl, [1,2,4]triazol-4-yl, [1,2,4]triazol-5-yl, imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrrol-3-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-4-yl, isoxazol-5-yl, [1,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, [1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl, [1,3,4]oxadiazol-2-yl, furan-2-yl, furan-3-yyl,
  • Z is a unit having the formula:
  • R 1 is chosen from:
  • R 1 units includes substituted or unsubstituted phenyl (C 6 aryl) units, wherein each substitution is independently chosen from: halogen, C 1 -C 4 linear, branched alkyl, or cyclic alkyl, —OR 11 , —CN, —N(R 11 ) 2 , —CO 2 R 11 , —C(O)N(R 11 ) 2 , —NR 11 C(O)R 11 , —NO 2 , and —SO 2 R 11 ; each R 11 is independently hydrogen; substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 linear, C 3 -C 4 branched, C 3 -C 4 cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or benzyl; or two R 11 units can be taken together to form a ring comprising from 3-7 atoms.
  • R 1 units includes substituted C 6 aryl units chosen from phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,3-difluorophenyl, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2,3-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, and 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl.
  • R 1 units includes substituted or unsubstituted C 6 aryl units chosen from 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl, 2,3,4-trifluorophenyl, 2,3,5-trifluorophenyl, 2,3,6-trifluorophenyl, 2,4,5-trifluorophenyl, 2,4,6-trifluorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,3,4-trichlorophenyl, 2,3,5-trichlorophenyl, 2,3,6-trichlorophenyl, 2,4,5-trichlorophenyl, 3,4,5-trichlorophenyl, and 2,4,6-trichlorophenyl.
  • R 1 units includes substituted C 6 aryl units chosen from 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 2,3-dimethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,3,4-trimethylphenyl, 2,3,5-trimethylphenyl, 2,3,6-trimethylphenyl, 2,4,5-trimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2-ethylphenyl, 3-ethylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 2,3-diethylphenyl, 2,4-diethylphenyl, 2,5-diethylphenyl, 2,6-diethylphenyl, 3,4-diethylphenyl, 2,3,4-triethylphenyl, 2,3,5-triethylphenyl, 2,3,6-triethylpheny
  • R 1 units includes substituted C 6 aryl units chosen from 2-aminophenyl, 2-(N-methylamino)phenyl, 2-(N,N-dimethylamino)phenyl, 2-(N-ethylamino)phenyl, 2-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl, 3-aminophenyl, 3-(N-methylamino)phenyl, 3-(N,N-dimethylamino)phenyl, 3-(N-ethylamino)phenyl, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-(N-methylamino)phenyl, 4-(N,N-dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-(N-ethylamino)phenyl, and 4-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl.
  • R 1 can comprise heteroaryl units.
  • C 1 -C 9 heteroaryl units include:
  • R 1 heteroaryl units can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • units that can substitute for hydrogen include units chosen from:
  • R 1 relates to units substituted by an alkyl unit chosen from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
  • R 1 includes units that are substituted by substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl and benzyl substitutions are chosen from one or more:
  • R 1 relates to phenyl and benzyl units substituted by a carboxy unit having the formula —C(O)R 9 ;
  • R 9 is chosen from methyl, methoxy, ethyl, and ethoxy.
  • R 1 includes phenyl and benzyl units substituted by an amide unit having the formula —NHC(O)R 9 ;
  • R 9 is chosen from methyl, methoxy, ethyl, ethoxy, tert-butyl, and tert-butoxy.
  • R 1 includes phenyl and benzyl units substituted by one or more fluoro or chloro units.
  • L is a linking unit which is present when the index n is equal to 1, but is absent when the index n is equal to 0.
  • L units have the formula:
  • Q and Q 1 are each independently:
  • R 5a and R 5b are each independently:
  • R 7a and R 7b are each independently:
  • R 8 is:
  • R 5a , R 5b , R 7a , R 7b , and R 8 units are each independently chosen:
  • L units relates to units having the formula:
  • R 5a is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and the index x is 1 or 2.
  • One embodiment relates to linking units having the formula:
  • R 5a is:
  • this embodiment provides the following non-limiting examples of L units:
  • L units includes units wherein Q is —C(O)—, the indices x and z are equal to 0, w is equal to 1 or 2, a first R 6a unit chosen from phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,3-difluorophenyl, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2,3-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, and 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl; a second R 6a unit is hydrogen and R 6a
  • a further example of this embodiment of L includes a first R 6a unit as depicted herein above that is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl unit as described herein above.
  • R 6a and R 6b are hydrogen and the index w is equal to 1 or 2; said units chosen from:
  • R 5a and R 5b are hydrogen and the index x is equal to 1 or 2; said units chosen from:
  • R 5a and R 5b are hydrogen and the index w is equal to 0, 1 or 2; said units chosen from:
  • L units having the formula:
  • R 8a and R 8b are hydrogen or methyl and the index w is equal to 0, 1 or 2; said units chosen from:
  • the disclosed compounds are arranged into several Categories to assist the formulator in applying a rational synthetic strategy for the preparation of analogs which are not expressly exampled herein.
  • the arrangement into categories does not imply increased or decreased efficacy for any of the compositions of matter described herein.
  • salts for example, a salt of the sulfamic acid:
  • the compounds can also exist in a zwitterionic form, for example:
  • the first aspect of Category I of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit having the formula:
  • R units are thiazol-2-yl units, that when substituted, are substituted with R 2 and R 3 units.
  • R and R 5a units are further described in Table I.
  • reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue dissolved in EtOAc, washed successively with 5% citric acid, water, 5% NaHCO 3 , water and brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to a residue that is triturated with a mixture of EtOAc/petroleum ether to provide 2.2 g (74%) of the desired product as a white solid.
  • a catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 2 hours.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (0.314 g).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH (50 mL) is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.222 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the disclosed inhibitors can also be isolated as the free acid.
  • a non-limiting example of this procedure is described herein below in Example 4.
  • the second aspect of Category I of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-4-yl having the formula:
  • the filtrate is treated with an ether solution of diazomethane ( ⁇ 16 mmol) at 0° C.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours then concentrated in vacuo.
  • the resulting residue is dissolved in EtOAc and washed successively with water and brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated.
  • the residue is purified over silica (hexane/EtOAc 2:1) to afford 1.1 g (82% yield) of the desired product as a slightly yellow solid.
  • the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to precipitate the intermediate 2-(nitrophenyl)-(S)-1-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethylamine which is isolated by filtration as the hydrobromide salt.
  • the hydrobromide salt is dissolved in DMF (3 mL) together with diisopropylethylamine (0.42 mL, 2.31 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.118 g, 0.79 mmol) and (S)-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropionic acid (0.212 g, 0.80 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (0.296 g).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH (10 mL) is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.050 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the first aspect of Category II of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-4-yl unit having the formula:
  • R units are thiazol-4-yl units, that when substituted, are substituted with R 4 units.
  • R and R 5a units are further described in Table IV.
  • the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to precipitate the intermediate 2-(nitrophenyl)-(S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethylamine which is isolated by filtration as the hydrobromide salt.
  • the hydrobromide salt is dissolved in DMF (8 mL) together with diisopropylethylamine (0.38 mL, 2.13 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (107 mg, 0.71 mmol) and (S)-(2-methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropionic acid (175 mg, 0.78 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight.
  • a catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (223 mg, 1.40 mmol).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH (12 mL) is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 25 mg of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • compound 13 in another iteration of the process of the present disclosure, can be isolated as the free acid by adapting the procedure described herein below.
  • MeOH (270 mL, 15 mL/g) is added to provide a suspension.
  • the vessel is put on a Parr hydrogenation apparatus.
  • the vessel is submitted to a fill/vacuum evacuate process with N 2 (3 ⁇ 20 psi) to inert, followed by the same procedure with H 2 (3 ⁇ 40 psi).
  • the vessel is filled with H 2 and the vessel is shaken under 40 psi H 2 for ⁇ 40 hr.
  • the vessel is evacuated and the atmosphere is purged with N 2 (5 ⁇ 20 psi). An aliquot is filtered and analyzed by HPLC to insure complete conversion.
  • the suspension is filtered through a pad of celite to remove the catalyst, and the homogeneous yellow filtrate is concentrated by rotary evaporation to afford 16.06 g (95% yield) of the desired product as a tan solid, which is used without further purification.
  • Acetonitrile 50 mL, 5 mL/g is added and the yellow suspension is stirred at room temperature.
  • a second 3-necked 500 mL RBF is charged with SO 3 .pyr (5.13 g, 32.2 mmol, 1.4 eq.) and acetonitrile (50 mL 5 mL/g) and the white suspension is stirred at room temperature.
  • H 2 O 200 mL, 20 mL/g
  • Concentrated H 3 PO 4 is added slowly over 12 minutes to lower the pH to approximately 1.4.
  • an off-white precipitate is formed and the solution is stirred at room temperature for 1 hr.
  • the suspension is filtered and the filter cake is washed with the filtrate.
  • the filter cake is air-dried on the filter overnight to afford 10.89 g (89% yield) of the desired product as a tan solid.
  • Category III of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit having the formula:
  • R units are thiazol-2-yl units, that when substituted, are substituted with R 2 and R 3 units.
  • R and R 5a units are further described in Table V.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (0.320 g).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH (30 mL) is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.215 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the first aspect of Category IV of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit having the formula:
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (5 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (0.146 g).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH (30 mL) is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.148 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • Category IV of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or thiophen-4-yl unit and non-limiting examples of R 2 are further described in Table VIII.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (0.195 g, 1.23 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH (10 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.080 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the first aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-2-yl) compounds having the formula:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and L are further defined herein in Table IX herein below.
  • the compounds encompassed within the first aspect of Category V of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme VII and described in Example 8 herein below.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (0.177 g, 1.23). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH (10 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.136 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the second aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-4-yl) compounds having the formula:
  • R 1 , R 4 , and L are further defined herein in Table X herein below.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (0.157 g).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.078 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the third aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • linking unit L comprises a phenyl unit, said linking group having the formula:
  • R 1 is hydrogen
  • R 6a is phenyl
  • R 5a is phenyl or substituted phenyl and non-limiting examples of the units R 2 , R 3 , and R 5a are further exemplified herein below in Table XI.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (30 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (0.621 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.415 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the fourth aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • linking unit L comprises a phenyl unit, said linking group having the formula:
  • R 1 is hydrogen
  • R 6a is phenyl
  • R 5a is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl
  • the units R 2 , R 3 and R 5a are further exemplified herein below in Table XII.
  • Category VI of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-2-yl) compounds having the formula:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and L are further defined herein in Table XIII herein below.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (5 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (0.153 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.090 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the intermediate nitro compounds of the following can be prepared by coupling the appropriate 4-oxo-carboxcylic acid with intermediate 3 under the conditions described herein above for the formation of intermediate 4 of scheme I.
  • the first aspect of Category VII of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-2-yl) compounds having the formula:
  • R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are further described herein below in Table XIV.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (0.220 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.143 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the second aspect of Category VII of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-4-yl) compounds having the formula:
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO 3 — pyridine (0.110 g).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.080 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • Category VIII of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-4-yl) compounds having the formula:
  • R 1 , R 4 , and L are further defined herein in Table XVI herein below.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 14 hours.
  • the mixture is diluted with CH 2 Cl 2 and washed with sat. NaHCO 3 followed by brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the resulting residue is purified over silica to afford 210 mg of the desired product as a white solid.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (197 mg, 1.23 mmol).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.060 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the first aspect of Category IX of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and R 4 is C 1 -C 6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl as further described herein below in Table XVII.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in 5 mL pyridine and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (114 mg).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which 10 mL of a 7% solution of NH 4 OH is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse-phase chromatography to afford 0.033 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the second aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl as further described herein below in Table XVIII.
  • the filtrate is treated with an ether solution of diazomethane ( ⁇ 16 mmol) at 0° C.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and concentrated.
  • the residue is dissolved in EtOAc and washed successively with water and brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the resulting residue is purified over silica (hexane/EtOAc 2:1) to afford 1.1 g (82% yield) of the desired product as a slightly yellow solid.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (4 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (0.304 g, 1.91 mmol).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH (50 mL) is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to afford 0.052 g (11% yield) of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in 6 mL pyridine and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (140 mg).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which 10 mL of a 7% solution of NH 4 OH is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse-phase chromatography to afford 0.033 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (10 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (190 mg, 1.2 mmol).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse-phase chromatography to afford 0.042 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the first aspect of Category X of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • R 1 is heteroaryl and R 4 is further described herein below in Table XIX.
  • the mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight.
  • the reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc.
  • the combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO 3 , water and brine, and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • the solvent is removed in vacuo to afford the desired product which is used without further purification.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITETM and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (0.157 g).
  • the reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH is added.
  • the mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue can be purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • the second aspect of Category X of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • R 1 is aryl and R 2 and R 3 are further described herein below in Table XX.
  • the mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight.
  • the reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc.
  • the combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO 3 , water and brine, and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • the solvent is removed in vacuo to afford the desired product which is used without further purification.
  • the crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO 3 -pyridine (0.177 g, 1.23). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH 4 OH (10 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • HPTP- ⁇ inhibition can be tested by any method chosen by the formulator, for example, Amarasinge K. K. et al., “Design and Synthesis of Potent, Non-peptidic Inhibitors of HPTPbeta” Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 2006 Aug. 15; 16(16):4252-6. Epub 2006 Jun. 12. Erratum in: Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 2008 Aug. 15; 18(16):4745. Evidokimov, Artem G [corrected to Evdokimov, Artem G]: PMID: 16759857; and Klopfenstein S. R. et al.
  • diseases or conditions are characterized by changes in the ocular vasculature whether progressive or non-progressive, whether a result of an acute disease or condition, or a chronic disease or condition.
  • These diseases are characterized by an increased level of plasma Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor.
  • the present methods are directed to co-administration of the disclosed compounds which stabilizes the vasculature against leakage and one or more anti-VEGF agents.
  • One aspect of the disclosed methods relates to diseases that are a direct or indirect result of diabetes, inter alia, diabetic macular edema and diabetic retinopathy.
  • the ocular vasculature of the diabetic becomes unstable over time leading to conditions such as non-proliferative retinopathy, macular edema, and proliferative retinopathy.
  • non-proliferative retinopathy As fluid leaks into the center of the macula, the part of the eye where sharp, straight-ahead vision occurs, the buildup of fluid and the associated protein begin to deposit on or under the macula. This results in swelling that causes the subject's central vision to gradually become distorted. This condition is referred to as “macular edema.”
  • Another condition that may occur is non-proliferative retinopathy in which vascular changes, such as microaneurysms, outside the macular region of the eye may be observed.
  • diabetic proliferative retinopathy which is characterized by increased neovascularization.
  • These new blood vessels are fragile and are susceptible to bleeding. The result is scaring of the retina, as well as occlusion or total blockage of the light pathway through the eye due to the over formation of new blood vessels.
  • subjects having diabetic macular edema are suffering from the non-proliferative stage of diabetic retinopathy; however, it is not uncommon for subjects to only begin manifesting macular edema at the onset of the proliferative stage.
  • Diabetic retinopathy is the most common cause of vision loss in working-aged Americans (Klein R et al., “The Wisconsin Epidemiologic Study of Diabetic Retinopathy. II. Prevalence and risk of diabetic retinopathy when age at diagnosis is less than 30 years,” Arch. Ophthalmol. 1984, 102:520-526). Severe vision loss occurs due to tractional retinal detachments that complicate retinal neovascularization (NV), but the most common cause of moderate vision loss is diabetic macular edema (DME).
  • NV retinal neovascularization
  • DME diabetic macular edema
  • vascular endothelial growth factor is a hypoxia-regulated gene and VEGF levels are increased in hypoxic or ischemic retina. Injection of VEGF into mouse eyes causes breakdown of the inner blood-retinal barrier (See, Derevjanik N L et al. Quantitative assessment of the integrity of the blood-retinal barrier in mice, Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci.
  • VEGF antagonists reduce foveal thickening and improve vision in patients with diabetic macular edema
  • Nguyen Q D et al. “Vascular endothelial growth factor is a critical stimulus for diabetic macular edema,” Am. J. Ophthalmol. 2006, 142:961-969; and Nguyen Q D et al. “Primary End Point (Six Months) Results of the Ranibizumab for Edema of the mAcula in Diabetes (READ-2) Study,” Ophthalmology 2009, 116:2175-2181).
  • Tie2 receptors which are selectively expressed on vascular endothelial cells and are required for embryonic vascular development.
  • Tie2 receptors which are selectively expressed on vascular endothelial cells and are required for embryonic vascular development
  • Angiopoietin 1 (Ang1) binds Tie2 with high affinity and initiates phosphorylation and downstream signaling (Davis S et al., “Isolation of angiopoietin-1, a ligand for the TIE2 receptor, by secretion-trap expression cloning,” Cell 1996, 87:1161-1169). Mice deficient in Ang1 die around E12.5 with vascular defects similar to, but less severe than those seen in Tie2-deficient mice. Angiopoietin 2 (Ang2) binds Tie2 with high affinity, but does not stimulate phosphorylation in cultured endothelial cells.
  • Ang2 acts as a competitive inhibitor of Ang1 and transgenic mice overexpressing Ang2 have a phenotype similar to Ang1-deficient mice.
  • Ang2 is a developmentally- and hypoxia-regulated permissive factor for VEGF-induced neovascularization in the retina (Hackett S F et al., “Angiopoietin 2 expression in the retina: upregulation during physiologic and pathologic neovascularization,” J. Cell. Physiol. 2000, 184:275-284).
  • Ang2 when VEGF is high (P12-17) increases retinal neovascularization, but increased expression at P20 when VEGF levels have come down, hastens regression of retinal neovascularization and findings were similar in other models of ocular neovascularization.
  • Ang1 increases stabilizing signals from the matrix and makes the vasculature unresponsive to soluble stimulators like VEGF.
  • Angiopoietin 2 binds Tie2, but does not stimulate phosphorylation and therefore acts as an antagonist under most circumstances.
  • angiopoietin 2 is upregulated at sites of neovascularization and acts as a permissive factor for VEGF.
  • Increased expression of VEGF in the retina does not stimulate sprouting of neovascularization from the superficial or intermediate capillary beds of the retina or the choriocapillaris, but does stimulate sprouting from the deep capillary bed where there is constitutive expression of angiopoietin 2 (Hackett S F et al., “Angiopoietin-2 plays an important role in retinal angiogenesis,” J. Cell. Physiol.
  • VEGF and angiopoietin 2 at the surface of the retina causes sprouting of neovascularization from the superficial retinal capillaries (Oshima Y et al., “Angiopoietin-2 enhances retinal vessel sensitivity to vascular endothelial growth factor,” J. Cell. Physiol. 2004, 199:412-417).
  • angiopoietin 2 in the retina expression of angiopoietin 2 when VEGF levels were high markedly enhanced neovascularization and expression of angiopoietin 2 when VEGF levels were low caused regression of neovascularization.
  • angiopoietin 1 In double transgenic mice with inducible expression of angiopoietin 1, the induced expression of angiopoietin 1 in the retina strongly suppressed VEGF-induced vascular leakage or neovascularization (Nambu H et al., “Angiopoietin 1 inhibits ocular neovascularization and breakdown of the blood-retinal barrier,” Gene Ther. 2004, 11:865-873). In fact, in mice with high expression of VEGF in the retina which develop severe NV and retinal detachment, angiopoietin 1 is able to prevent the VEGF-induced detachments.
  • VE-PTP vascular endothelial protein tyrosine phosphatase
  • VE-PTP vascular remodeling and maturation of developing vasculature.
  • Silencing of HPTP- ⁇ in cultured human endothelial cells enhances Ang1-induced phosphorylation of Tie2 and survival-promoting activity while hypoxia increases expression of HPTP- ⁇ and reduces Ang1-induced phosphorylation of Tie2 (Yacyshyn O K et al., “Thyrosine phosphatase beta regulates angiopoietin-Tie2 signaling in human endothelial cells,” Angiogenesis 2009, 12:25-33).
  • Diabetic retinopathy if left untreated, can lead ultimately to blindness. Indeed, diabetic retinopathy is the leading cause of blindness in working-age populations.
  • the disclosed methods relate to preventing, treating, controlling, abating, and/or otherwise minimizing ocular neovascularization in a subject having diabetes or a subject diagnosed with diabetes.
  • subjects having or subjects diagnosed with diabetes can be alerted to or can be made aware of the risks of developing diabetes-related blindness, therefore the present methods can be used to prevent or delay the onset of non-proliferative retinopathy in subjects known to be at risk.
  • the present methods can be used for treating subjects having or being diagnosed with non-proliferative diabetic retinopathy to prevent progression of the condition.
  • the disclosed methods relate to preventing or controlling ocular neovascularization or treating a disease or condition that is related to the onset of ocular neovascularization by administering to a subject the disclosed compounds and one or more anti-VEGF agents as disclosed herein.
  • the disclosed compounds acts systemically.
  • the disclosed compounds can be used to increase or enhance the effect of anti-VEGF agents, thereby improving the rate and magnitude of the response and reducing the number of treatments.
  • the disclosed compounds is administered in combination with one or more pharmaceutical compounds or compositions useful for treating ocular diseases.
  • the present disclosure relates to a method for treating an ocular disease, comprising administering:
  • the compounds can be administered in any order convenient to the user or to the subject receiving treatment.
  • the disclosed compounds is administered first followed by administration of ranibizumab.
  • ranibizumab is administered first followed by administration of the disclosed compounds.
  • the time period between dosing/administration of the first component of treatment can be any time period convenient to the formulator or subject receiving treatment.
  • the disclosed compounds can be administered minutes, hours, days or weeks prior to the administration of ranibizumab or more than one dosage of the disclosed compounds can be given to establish a therapeutic amount in the subject being treated.
  • the disclosed compounds and ranibizumab can be given in alternating administrations.
  • the disclosed compounds can be administered then after a time desired by the administrator ranibizumab is administered.
  • the disclosed compounds is administered daily in one or more doses and the ramibizumab is administered according to a separate schedule.
  • ranibizumab can be administered once a month, once every 2 months, once every 3 months, once every 4 months, once every 6 months, etc.
  • ranibizumab can be in any amount necessary.
  • ranibizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.05 mg to about 1.5 mg.
  • ranibizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.1 mg to about 1.5 mg.
  • ranibizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.05 mg to about 1 mg.
  • ranibizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.1 mg to about 1 mg.
  • ranibizumab is administered in an amount of approximately 0.5 mg.
  • the amount of ranibizumab administered per treatment can be in any amount, for example, 0.05 mg, 0.06 mg, 0.07 mg, 0.08 mg, 0.09 mg, 0.1 mg, 0.12 mg, 0.13 mg, 0.14 mg, 0.15 mg, 0.16 mg, 0.17, mg, 0.18 mg, 0.19 mg, 0.2 mg, 0.21 mg, 0.22 mg, 0.23 mg, 0.24 mg, 0.25 mg, 0.26 mg, 0.27, mg, 0.28 mg, 0.29 mg, 0.3 mg, 0.31 mg, 0.32 mg, 0.33 mg, 0.34 mg, 0.35 mg, 0.36 mg, 0.37, mg, 0.38 mg, 0.39 mg, 0.4 mg, 0.41 mg, 0.42 mg, 0.43 mg, 0.44 mg, 0.45 mg, 0.46 mg, 0.47, mg, 0.48 mg, 0.49 mg, 0.5 mg, 0.51 mg, 0.52 mg, 0.53 mg, 0.54 mg, 0.55 mg, 0.56 mg, 0.57, mg, 0.58 mg, 0.59 mg, 0.6 mg, 0.61 mg, 0.62 mg, 0.
  • the disclosed compounds is administered in combination with one or more pharmaceutical compounds or compositions useful for treating ocular diseases.
  • the present disclosure relates to a method for treating an ocular disease, comprising administering:
  • the compounds can be administered in any order convenient to the user or to the subject receiving treatment.
  • the disclosed compounds is administered first followed by administration of bevacizumab.
  • bevacizumab is administered first followed by administration of the disclosed compounds.
  • the time period between dosing/administration of the first component of treatment can be any time period convenient to the formulator or subject receiving treatment.
  • the disclosed compounds can be administered minutes, hours, days or weeks prior to the administration of bevacizumab or more than one dosage of the disclosed compounds can be given to establish a therapeutic amount in the subject being treated.
  • the disclosed compounds and bevacizumab can be given in alternating administrations.
  • the disclosed compounds can be administered then after a time desired by the administrator bevacizumab is administered.
  • the disclosed compounds is administered daily in one or more doses and the bevacizumab is administered according to a separate schedule.
  • bevacizumab can be administered once a month, once every 2 months, once every 3 months, once every 4 months, once every 6 months, etc.
  • the dosage for bevacizumab can be in any amount necessary.
  • bevacizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.1 mg to about 5 mg.
  • bevacizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.1 mg to about 3 mg.
  • bevacizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 3 mg.
  • bevacizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 2 mg.
  • bevacizumab is administered in an amount of 1.2 mg.
  • the amount of bevacizumab administered per treatment can be in any amount, for example, 0.5 mg, 0.51 mg, 0.52 mg, 0.53 mg, 0.54 mg, 0.55 mg, 0.56 mg, 0.57, mg, 0.58 mg, 0.59 mg, 0.6 mg, 0.61 mg, 0.62 mg, 0.63 mg, 0.64 mg, 0.65 mg, 0.66 mg, 0.67, mg, 0.68 mg, 0.69 mg, 0.7 mg, 0.71 mg, 0.72 mg, 0.73 mg, 0.74 mg, 0.75 mg, 0.76 mg, 0.77, mg, 0.78 mg, 0.79 mg, 0.8 mg, 0.81 mg, 0.82 mg, 0.83 mg, 0.84 mg, 0.85 mg, 0.86 mg, 0.87, mg, 0.88 mg, 0.89 mg, 0.9 mg, 0.91 mg, 0.92 mg, 0.93 mg, 0.94 mg, 0.95 mg, 0.96 mg, 0.97, mg, 0.98 mg, 0.99 mg, 1 mg, 1.1 mg, 1.11 mg, 1.12 mg, 1.13 mg, 1.14 mg, 1.15 mg, 1.
  • the disclosed compounds is administered in combination with one or more pharmaceutical compounds or compositions useful for treating ocular diseases.
  • the present disclosure relates to a method for treating an ocular disease, comprising administering:
  • the compounds can be administered in any order convenient to the user or to the subject receiving treatment. In one iteration of this embodiment the disclosed compounds is administered first followed by administration of aflibercept. In another iteration of this embodiment aflibercept is administered first followed by administration of the disclosed compounds.
  • the time period between dosing/administration of the first component of treatment can be any time period convenient to the formulator or subject receiving treatment.
  • the disclosed compounds can be administered minutes, hours, days or weeks prior to the administration of aflibercept or more than one dosage of the disclosed compounds can be given to establish a therapeutic amount in the subject being treated.
  • the disclosed compounds and aflibercept can be given in alternating administrations.
  • the disclosed compounds can be administered then after a time desired by the administrator aflibercept is administered.
  • the disclosed compounds is administered daily in one or more doses and the aflibercept is administered according to a separate schedule.
  • aflibercept can be administered once a month, once every 2 months, once every 3 months, once every 4 months, once every 6 months, etc.
  • the dosage for aflibercept can be in any amount necessary.
  • aflibercept is administered in an amount from about 0.05 mg to about 5 mg.
  • aflibercept is administered in an amount from about 0.1 mg to about 3 mg.
  • aflibercept is administered in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 2.5 mg.
  • aflibercept is administered in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 2 mg.
  • the amount of aflibercept administered per treatment can be in any amount, for example, 0.5 mg, 0.51 mg, 0.52 mg, 0.53 mg, 0.54 mg, 0.55 mg, 0.56 mg, 0.57, mg, 0.58 mg, 0.59 mg, 0.6 mg, 0.61 mg, 0.62 mg, 0.63 mg, 0.64 mg, 0.65 mg, 0.66 mg, 0.67, mg, 0.68 mg, 0.69 mg, 0.7 mg, 0.71 mg, 0.72 mg, 0.73 mg, 0.74 mg, 0.75 mg, 0.76 mg, 0.77, mg, 0.78 mg, 0.79 mg, 0.8 mg, 0.81 mg, 0.82 mg, 0.83 mg, 0.84 mg, 0.85 mg, 0.86 mg, 0.87, mg, 0.88 mg, 0.89 mg, 0.9 mg, 0.91 mg, 0.92 mg, 0.93 mg, 0.94 mg, 0.95 mg, 0.96 mg, 0.97, mg, 0.98 mg, 0.99 mg, 1 mg, 1.1 mg, 1.11 mg, 1.12 mg, 1.13 mg, 1.14 mg, 1.15 mg, 1.16
  • the disclosed compounds can be administered in any amount necessary or convenient.
  • the compound can be administered in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 50 mg per dose.
  • the compound can be administered in an amount from about 1 mg to about 20 mg per dose.
  • the compound can be administered in an amount from about 1 mg to about 15 mg per dose.
  • the compound can be administered in an amount from about 1 mg to about 10 mg per dose.
  • the compound can be administered in an amount from about 5 mg to about 50 mg per dose.
  • the compound can be administered in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 15 mg per dose.
  • the compound can be administered in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 10 mg per dose.
  • the disclosed compounds can be administered in any amount from about 0.5 mg to about 25 mg per dose, for example, 0.5 mg, 0.6 mg, 0.7 mg, 0.8 mg, 0.9 mg, 1 mg, 1.1 mg, 1.2 mg, 1.3 mg, 1.4 mg, 1.5 mg, 1.6 mg, 1.7 mg, 1.8 mg, 1.9 mg, 2 mg, 2.1 mg, 2.2 mg, 2.3 mg, 2.4 mg, 2.5 mg, 2.6 mg, 2.7 mg, 2.8 mg, 2.9 mg, 3 mg, 3.1 mg, 3.2 mg, 3.3 mg, 3.4 mg, 3.5 mg, 3.6 mg, 3.7 mg, 3.8 mg, 3.9 mg, 4 mg, 4.1 mg, 4.2 mg, 4.3 mg, 4.4 mg, 4.5 mg, 4.6 mg, 4.7 mg, 4.8 mg, 4.9 mg, 5 mg, 5.1 mg, 5.2 mg, 5.3 mg, 5.4 mg, 5.5 mg, 5.6 mg, 5.7 mg, 5.8 mg, 5.9 mg, 6 mg, 6.1 mg, 6.2 mg, 6.3 mg,
  • the disclosed compounds can be administered at any interval desired.
  • the compound can be administered once a week, 2 times a week, 3 times a week, 4 times a week, 6 times a week, 6 times a week, 7 times a week, 8 times a week, 9 times a week or 10 times a week.
  • the interval between daily dosing can be any hourly interval, for example, every hour, every 2 hours, every 3 hours, every 4 hours, every 5 hours, every 6 hours, every 7 hours, every 8 hours, every 9 hours, every 10 hours, every 11 hours, and every 12 hours.
  • the administration of the compound can have irregular dosing schedules to accommodate either the person administering the compound or the subject receiving the compound. As such, the compound can be administered once a day, twice a day, three times a day, and the like.
  • the amount administered can be of the same amount in each dose or the dosage can vary. For example, a first amount dosed in the morning and a second amount administered in the evening.
  • the dosage for administration can be varied depending upon the schedule of the anti-VEGF administration.
  • the disclosed compounds can be administered in combination with any anti-VEGF agent in any combination, for example, at the beginning of the treatment, at any time during the treatment or at any time after treatment with the anti-VEGF agent has concluded.
  • the dosage of the disclosed compounds can be adjusted during treatment.
  • the amount of anti-VEGF agent can be adjusted during treatment.
  • anti-VEGF agents includes dexamethasone, fluocinolone and triamcinolone.
  • the disclosed methods can include implants which deliver an anti-VEGF agent.
  • the disclosed compounds can be co-administered either before, during or after an implant is provided to a subject suffering from a disease or condition described herein.
  • OzurdexTM is an intraviteal implant which provides a supply of dexamethasone to a subject
  • RetisertTM and IluvienTM are intraviteal implants which provides a supply of fluocinolone.
  • anti-VEGF treatments if typically given monthly can have the frequency of treatment extended, for example, to once every 3 months, once every 6 months or yearly wherein the disclosed compounds is administered at any frequency between treatments.
  • CFT Central Foveal Thickness
  • the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 50 ⁇ m to about 1000 ⁇ m. In one embodiment, the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 50 ⁇ m to about 750 ⁇ m. In another embodiment, the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 200 ⁇ m to about 1000 ⁇ m. In a further embodiment, the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 150 ⁇ m to about 500 ⁇ m. In a still further embodiment, the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 50 ⁇ m to about 500 ⁇ m. In a yet another embodiment, the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 250 ⁇ m to about 650 ⁇ m. In a yet still further embodiment, the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 200 ⁇ m to about 500 ⁇ m. In another still further embodiment, the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 400 ⁇ m to about 700 ⁇ m.
  • VA Visual acuity
  • VA is acuteness or clearness of vision, which is dependent on the sharpness of the retinal focus within the eye and the sensitivity of the interpretative faculty of the brain.
  • Visual acuity is a measure of the spatial resolution of the visual processing system.
  • VA is tested by requiring the person whose vision is being tested to identify characters typically numbers or letters on a chart from a set distance. Chart characters are represented as black symbols against a white background.
  • the distance between the person's eyes and the testing chart is set at a sufficient distance to approximate infinity in the way the lens attempts to focus. Twenty feet, or six meters, is essentially infinity from an optical perspective.
  • ESV-3000 ETDRS testing device see, U.S. Pat. No. 5,078,486, self-calibrated test lighting.
  • the ESV-3000 device incorporates highly advanced LED light source technology.
  • the auto-calibration circuitry constantly monitors the LED light source and calibrates the test luminance to 85 cd/m2 or 3 cd/m2.
  • the device can be used in a non-research setting, i.e., hospital or clinic where ocular disease monitoring is conducted.
  • a non-research setting i.e., hospital or clinic where ocular disease monitoring is conducted.
  • the test should be conducted under standardized lighting conditions, for, example, photopic test level of 85 cd/m2. This light level has been recommended by the National Academy of Sciences and by the American National Standards Institute for ETDRS and contrast sensitivity vision testing. Scoring of visual acuity can be accomplished in any manner chosen by the monitor. After providing a baseline evaluation, the increase or decrease in the number of letters that can be identified by the test subject provides a measure of sight increase or decrease during treatment.
  • a method for increasing visual acuity in a subject having a disease or condition of the eye as disclosed herein comprises administering to a patient having a disease or condition of the eye:
  • the method provides a means for increasing the number of letters recognizable by a treated eye form about 1 to about 30 letters.
  • the number of letters recognizable is increased from about 5 to about 25 letters.
  • the number of letters recognizable is increased from about 5 to about 20 letters.
  • the number of letters recognizable is increased from about 5 to about 15 letters.
  • the number of letters recognizable is increased from about 5 to about 10 letters.
  • the number of letters recognizable is increased from about 10 to about 25 letters.
  • the number of letters recognizable is increased from about 15 to about 25 letters.
  • the number of letters recognizable is increased from about 20 to about 25 letters.
  • the disclosed Figures represent a control or baseline study used as a benchmark for determining the effectiveness of the disclosed methods for treating ocular diseases ( FIGS. 1 and 3 ) and studies directed to the disclosed methods. Described herein below, four patients with visual acuity loss due to diabetic macular edema (central retinal thickness [CRT] of more than 325 microns and best corrected visual acuity less than 70 letters) were treated with subcutaneous injections of 5 mg of the disclosed compound twice a day for 28 days and then observed for an additional two months (days 28 through 84).
  • CRT central retinal thickness
  • an anti-VEGF agent for example, ranibizumab, bevacizumab and/or aflibercept if considered by the investigator to be medically necessary.
  • Retinal thickness as measured by ocular coherence tomography and best corrected visual acuity as measured by a standard vision test were assessed at regular intervals during the 28 day active treatment phase and through the 2 month post-treatment observation phase, (Screening, Day 1 [baseline], Day 7, Day 14, Day 21, Day 28, Day 42, Day 56 and Day 84).
  • the main efficacy outcomes for the study were change in CRT and visual acuity over time with treatment.
  • FIG. 1 depicts the results of two phase three studies to determine the effect of intravitreal injections of ranibizumab in patients with diabetic macular edema. Results of these studies were used as a benchmark for determining the effectiveness of the disclosed methods for treating ocular diseases.
  • patients received intravitreal injections with either 0.3 mg ( ⁇ ) or 0.5 mg ( ⁇ ) ranibizumab monthly, whereas the control group ( ⁇ ) received placebo.
  • the reduction in Central Foveal Thickness (CFT) for both the 0.3 mg and 0.5 mg cohorts were essentially identical.
  • the two groups receiving ranibizumab had a reduction in Central Foveal Thickness of approximately 120 to 160 ⁇ m from day 7 to 1 month after the first injection of ranibizumab.
  • FIG. 2 depicts the results of a study wherein 4 patients received 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily for 28 days and subsequently were treated in one or both eyes (7 eyes total) with either ranibizumab (0.3 or 0.5 mg) or aflibercept (2 mg) by intravitreal injection at the discretion of the study investigator.
  • FIG. 2 depicts the results of a study wherein 4 patients received 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily for 28 days and subsequently were treated in one or both eyes (7 eyes total) with either ranibizumab (0.3 or 0.5 mg) or aflibercept (2 mg) by intravitreal injection at the discretion of the study investigator.
  • ranibizumab 0.3 or 0.5 mg
  • aflibercept 2 mg
  • 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 50-100 ⁇ m
  • 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 150-200 ⁇ m
  • 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 200-250 ⁇ m
  • 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 300-350 ⁇ m
  • 2 patient eyes had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 350-400 ⁇ m
  • 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 450-500 ⁇ m at 14-28 days post ranibizumab or aflibercept.
  • the mean change in Central Foveal Thickness was ⁇ 289 ⁇ m, approximately double the reduction seen after ranibizumab injection in the benchmark study in FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 3 depicts the results of two phase three studies that to determine the effect of intravitreal injections of ranibizumab in patients with diabetic macular edema. Results of these studies were used as a benchmark for determining the effectiveness of the disclosed methods for treating ocular diseases.
  • the control group is represented by ( ⁇ ).
  • Patients receiving 0.5 mg of ranibizumab monthly via ocular injection are represented by ( ⁇ ).
  • the two groups receiving ranibizumab had an increase in visual acuity of between approximately 4 to 6 letters from day 7 to 1 month after the first injection of ranibizumab.
  • FIG. 4 depicts the increased visual acuity of a study wherein 4 patients received 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily for 28 days and subsequently were treated with either ranibizumab (0.3 or 0.5 mg) or aflibercept (2 mg) by intravitreal injection at the discretion of the study investigator.
  • FIG. 4 is read in this manner: 1 patient eye had an increase of from 16 to 18 letters improvement, 2 patient eyes had an increase of from 14 to 16 letters improvement, 1 patient eye had an increase of from 10 to 12 letters improvement, 1 patient eye had an increase of from 6 to 8 letters improvement, 1 patient eye had an increase of from 2 to 4 letters improvement, and 1 patient eye had a decrease of from 2 to 4 letters at 14-28 days post ranibizumab or aflibercept.
  • the mean change in Visual Acuity was 9 letters, approximately 3 to 5 letters more improvement than seen in the benchmark study of ranibizumab alone depicted in FIG. 3 .
  • FIG. 5 represents the results of a single patient.
  • the eye having the greater Central Foveal Thickness is chosen as the Study Eye.
  • the patient from day one was given 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily.
  • the fellow eye is treated with 0.5 mg of ranibizumab.
  • the treated eye is treated with 0.5 mg of ranibizumab.
  • the Central Foveal Thickness of the fellow eye drops significantly (350 ⁇ m) by week 4 (28 days).
  • FIG. 6 represents the results of a single patient.
  • the eye having the greater Central Foveal Thickness is chosen as the Study Eye.
  • the patient from day one was given 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily.
  • the fellow eye is rescued with 2 mg of aflibercept.
  • the Fellow eye has a CFT reduction of approximately 400 ⁇ m.
  • the study eye is rescued with 2 mg of aflibercept.
  • the Study eye has a CFT reduction of approximately 300 ⁇ m.
  • the disclosed methods include administration of the disclosed compounds in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material may be administered to a subject without causing any undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical formulation in which it is contained.
  • the carrier would naturally be selected to minimize any degradation of the active ingredient and to minimize any adverse side effects in the subject, as would be well known to one of skill in the art.
  • the disclosed compounds can be used prophylactically, i.e., as a preventative agent after treatment with an anti-VEGF agent has stopped.
  • the disclosed compounds herein can be conveniently formulated into pharmaceutical compositions composed of one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. See e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences , latest edition, by E.W. Martin Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa., which discloses typical carriers and conventional methods of preparing pharmaceutical compositions that can be used in conjunction with the preparation of formulations of the compound described herein and which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Such pharmaceutical carriers most typically, are be standard carriers for administration of compositions to humans and non-humans, including solutions such as sterile water, saline, and buffered solutions at physiological pH.
  • Other compositions can be administered according to standard procedures used by those skilled in the art.
  • pharmaceutical compositions can also include one or more additional active ingredients such as antimicrobial agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anesthetics, and the like.
  • Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to, saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution.
  • the pH of the solution is preferably from about 5 to about 8, and more preferably from about 7 to about 7.5.
  • Further carriers include sustained release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the disclosed compounds, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, liposomes, microparticles, or microcapsules. It will be apparent to those persons skilled in the art that certain carriers can be more preferable depending upon, for instance, the route of administration and concentration of composition being administered. Other compounds can be administered according to standard procedures used by those skilled in the art.
  • the disclosed method also relates to the administration of the disclosed compounds, as well as compositions comprising the disclosed compounds.
  • Administration can be systemic via subcutaneous or i.v. administration; or the HPTP- ⁇ inhibitor will be administered directly to the eye, e.g., local.
  • Local methods of administration include, for example, by eye drops, subconjunctival injections or implants, intravitreal injections or implants, sub-Tenon's injections or implants, incorporation in surgical irrigating solutions, etc.
  • compositions suitable for topical administration are known to the art (see, for example, US Patent Application 2005/0059639 included herein by reference in its entirety).
  • compositions of the invention can comprise a liquid comprising an active agent in solution, in suspension, or both.
  • liquid compositions include gels.
  • the liquid composition is aqueous.
  • the composition can take form of an ointment.
  • the composition is an in situ gellable aqueous composition. In iteration, the composition is an in situ gellable aqueous solution.
  • Such a composition can comprise a gelling agent in a concentration effective to promote gelling upon contact with the eye or lacrimal fluid in the exterior of the eye.
  • Aqueous compositions of the invention have ophthalmically compatible pH and osmolality.
  • the composition can comprise an ophthalmic depot formulation comprising an active agent for subconjunctival administration.
  • the microparticles comprising active agent can be embedded in a biocompatible pharmaceutically acceptable polymer or a lipid encapsulating agent.
  • the depot formulations may be adapted to release all or substantially all the active material over an extended period of time.
  • the polymer or lipid matrix if present, may be adapted to degrade sufficiently to be transported from the site of administration after release of all or substantially all the active agent.
  • the depot formulation can be a liquid formulation, comprising a pharmaceutical acceptable polymer and a dissolved or dispersed active agent.
  • the polymer forms a depot at the injections site, e.g. by gelifying or precipitating.
  • the composition can comprise a solid article that can be inserted in a suitable location in the eye, such as between the eye and eyelid or in the conjuctival sac, where the article releases the active agent.
  • Solid articles suitable for implantation in the eye in such fashion generally comprise polymers and can be bioerodible or non-bioerodible.
  • a human subject with at least one visually impaired eye is treated with form about 5 mg to about 50 mg of the disclosed compounds via intravitreal injection.
  • Improvement of clinical symptoms are monitored by one or more methods known to the art, for example, indirect ophthalmoscopy, fundus photography, fluorescein angiopathy, electroretinography, external eye examination, slit lamp biomicroscopy, applanation tonometry, pachymetry, optical coherence tomography and autorefaction.
  • the dosing can occur at any frequency determined by the administrator.
  • subsequent doses can be administered weekly or monthly, e.g., with a frequency of 2-8 weeks or 1-12 months apart depending upon the response.
  • compositions can include additional carriers, as well as thickeners, diluents, buffers, preservatives, surface active agents and the like in addition to the compounds disclosed herein.
  • Pharmaceutical formulations can also include one or more additional active ingredients such as antimicrobial agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anesthetics, and the like.
  • excipient and “carrier” are used interchangeably throughout the description of the present disclosure and said terms are defined herein as, “ingredients which are used in the practice of formulating a safe and effective pharmaceutical composition.”
  • excipients are used primarily to serve in delivering a safe, stable, and functional pharmaceutical, serving not only as part of the overall vehicle for delivery but also as a means for achieving effective absorption by the recipient of the active ingredient.
  • An excipient may fill a role as simple and direct as being an inert filler, or an excipient as used herein may be part of a pH stabilizing system or coating to insure delivery of the ingredients safely to the stomach.
  • the formulator can also take advantage of the fact the compounds of the present disclosure have improved cellular potency, pharmacokinetic properties, as well as improved oral bioavailability.
  • an effective amount means “an amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds, effective at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired or therapeutic result.”
  • An effective amount may vary according to factors known in the art, such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the human, animal being treated or route of administration.
  • dosage regimes may be described in examples herein, a person skilled in the art would appreciated that the dosage regime may be altered to provide optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
  • the compositions of the present disclosure can be administered as frequently as necessary to achieve a therapeutic amount.
  • the disclosed compounds can also be present in liquids, emulsions, or suspensions for delivery of active therapeutic agents in aerosol form to cavities of the body such as the nose, throat, or bronchial passages.
  • the ratio of disclosed compounds to the other compounding agents in these preparations will vary as the dosage form requires.
  • compositions administered as part of the disclosed methods can be in the form of solid, semi-solid or liquid dosage forms, such as, for example, tablets, suppositories, pills, capsules, powders, liquids, suspensions, lotions, creams, gels, or the like, preferably in unit dosage form suitable for single administration of a precise dosage.
  • the compositions will include, as noted above, an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and, in addition, can include other medicinal agents, pharmaceutical agents, carriers, adjuvants, diluents, etc.
  • conventional nontoxic solid carriers include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talc, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like.
  • a composition comprising the disclosed compounds in an amount of approximately 5 mg per 0.1 mL liquid is prepared.
  • the liquid phase comprises sterile water and an appropriate amount of a saccharide or polysaccharide.
  • compositions for administration to a subject having one or more of the diseases or conditions described herein comprise:
  • compositions comprising the disclosed compounds can be administered by any method, for example, intravenously, orally, by patch, subcutaneous injection, and the like.
  • solutions of the disclosed compounds are prepared as follows. Approximately 100 mg of a sterile powder of the disclosed compounds is dissolved in approximately 250 mg of hydroxypropyl beta cyclodextrin (HP ⁇ CD) to form a first solution.
  • the first solution can be optionally diluted with from about 0.25 mL to about 1 mL of water.
  • the administrator of the compound can withdraw a sufficient amount such that the subject is injected subcutaneously with an amount that provides from about 5 mg to about 50 mg of the disclosed compounds.
  • the formulator can prepare a first solution or a diluted solution having any concentration convenient or desirable.
  • Non-limiting examples according to this embodiment include the following TABLE I:
  • the disclosed methods comprise administering the disclosed compounds to a subject until a therapeutic level has been established. Once a therapeutic level has been established the subject then receives an anti-VEGF agent. After receiving the anti-VEGF agent, the subject is evaluated and when a benchmark reduction in symptoms is achieved, the anti-VEGF agent is discontinued and the subject continues to receive a therapeutic amount of the disclosed compounds.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 ⁇ m is given 15 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 2 weeks (14 days). On day 14 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.5 mg ranibizumab.
  • Ranibizumab is available as LucentisTM from Genentech in single-use glass vials designed to provide 0.05 mL (10 mg/mL solution providing 0.5 mg of ranibizumab) for injection.
  • Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 ⁇ m.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 m is given 5 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.5 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 m.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 m is given 15 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.5 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 m.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 m is given 30 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 2 weeks (14 days). On day 14 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.5 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 ⁇ m.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 ⁇ m is given 30 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.5 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 ⁇ m.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 ⁇ m is given 15 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 2 weeks (14 days). On day 14 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.3 mg ranibizumab.
  • Ranibizumab is available as LucentisTM from Genentech in single-use glass vials designed to provide 0.05 mL (6 mg/mL solution providing 0.3 mg of ranibizumab) for injection.
  • Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 ⁇ m.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 ⁇ m is given 5 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.3 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 ⁇ m.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 ⁇ m is given 15 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.3 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 ⁇ m.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 ⁇ m is given 30 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 2 weeks (14 days). On day 14 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.3 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 ⁇ m.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 ⁇ m is given 30 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.3 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 ⁇ m.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 ⁇ m is given 30 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 2 weeks (14 days). On day 14 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 2 mg aflibercept. Aflibercept is available as EyleaTM from Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in single-use glass vials designed to provide 2 mg of aflibercept in a 0.05 mL injection. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 ⁇ m.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 ⁇ m is given 5 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 2 mg aflibercept. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 ⁇ m.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 ⁇ m is given 15 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 2 mg aflibercept. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 ⁇ m.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 ⁇ m is given 30 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 2 weeks (14 days). On day 14 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 2 mg aflibercept. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 ⁇ m.
  • a subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 ⁇ m is given 30 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 2 mg aflibercept. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 ⁇ m.
  • kits for practicing the disclosed methods comprise:
  • kits can be modified to fit the dosing regimen prescribed for the subject being treated.
  • the following is a non-limiting example of a kit for use with a patient receiving an intravenously delivered composition comprising the disclosed compounds and an intravireally administered anti-VEGF agent.
  • This particular example provides dosing of the disclosed compounds twice daily for 3 months and for an injection of ranibizumab at week 12.
  • ranibizumab for injection at the end of week 12 which provides 0.5 mg of ranibizumab.
  • kits that comprise any combination of elements.
  • a single container with sufficient doses of the disclosed compounds can be supplied with the kit.
  • kit labels providing instructions for use and disposal can be included, as well as instructions for use of the compositions to be delivered.
  • the instructions can be modified from kit to kit to reflect the dosing regime prescribed.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed herein are compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases, inter alia, diabetic macular edema, age-related macular degeneration (wet form), choroidal neovascularization, diabetic retinopathy, retinal vein occlusion (central or branch), ocular trauma, surgery induced edema, surgery induced neovascularization, cystoid macular edema, ocular ischemia, uveitis, and the like. These diseases or conditions are characterized by changes in the ocular vasculature whether progressive or non-progressive, whether a result of an acute disease or condition, or a chronic disease or condition.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE
  • This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/792,868, filed Mar. 15, 2013, the contents of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
    • FIELD
  • Disclosed herein are compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases, inter alia, diabetic macular edema, age-related macular degeneration (wet form), choroidal neovascularization, diabetic retinopathy, retinal vein occlusion (central or branch), ocular trauma, surgery induced edema, surgery induced neovascularization, cystoid macular edema, ocular ischemia, uveitis, and the like. These diseases or conditions are characterized by changes in the ocular vasculature whether progressive or non-progressive, whether a result of an acute disease or condition, or a chronic disease or condition.
    • BACKGROUND
  • The eye comprises several structurally and functionally distinct vascular beds, which supply ocular components critical to the maintenance of vision. These include the retinal and choroidal vasculatures, which supply the inner and outer portions of the retina, respectively, and the limbal vasculature located at the periphery of the cornea. Injuries and diseases that impair the normal structure or function of these vascular beds are among the leading causes of visual impairment and blindness. For example, diabetic retinopathy is the most common disease affecting the retinal vasculature, and is the leading cause of vision loss among the working age population in the United States. Vascularization of the cornea secondary to injury or disease is yet another category of ocular vascular disease that can lead to severe impairment of vision.
  • “Macular degeneration” is a general medical term that applies to any of several disease syndromes which involve a gradual loss or impairment of eyesight due to cell and tissue degeneration of the yellow macular region in the center of the retina. Macular degeneration is often characterized as one of two types, non-exudative (dry form) or exudative (wet form). Although both types are bilateral and progressive, each type may reflect different pathological processes. The wet form of age-related macular degeneration (AMD) is the most common form of choroidal neovascularization and a leading cause of blindness in the elderly. AMD affects millions of Americans over the age of 60, and is the leading cause of new blindness among the elderly.
  • Choroidal neovascular membrane (CNVM) is a problem that is related to a wide variety of retinal diseases, but is most commonly linked to age-related macular degeneration. With CNVM, abnormal blood vessels stemming from the choroid (the blood vessel-rich tissue layer just beneath the retina) grow up through the retinal layers. These new vessels are very fragile and break easily, causing blood and fluid to pool within the layers of the retina.
  • Diabetes (diabetes mellitus) is a metabolic disease caused by the inability of the pancreas to produce insulin or to use the insulin that is produced. The most common types of diabetes are type 1 diabetes (often referred to as Juvenile Onset Diabetes Mellitus) and type 2 diabetes (often referred to as Adult Onset Diabetes Mellitus). Type 1 diabetes results from the body's failure to produce insulin due to loss of insulin producing cells, and presently requires the person to inject insulin. Type 2 diabetes generally results from insulin resistance, a condition in which cells fail to use insulin properly. Type 2 diabetes of the has a component of insulin deficiency as well.
  • Diabetes is directly responsible for a large number of disease conditions, including conditions or diseases of the eye including diabetic retinopathy (DR) and diabetic macular edema (DME) which are leading causes of vision loss and blindness in most developed countries. The increasing number of individuals with diabetes worldwide suggests that DR and DME will continue to be major contributors to vision loss and associated functional impairment for years to come.
  • Diabetic retinopathy is a complication of diabetes that results from damage to the blood vessels of the light-sensitive tissue at the back of the eye (retina). At first, diabetic retinopathy may cause no symptoms or only mild vision problems. Eventually, however, diabetic retinopathy can result in blindness. Diabetic retinopathy can develop in anyone who has type 1 diabetes or type 2 diabetes.
  • At its earliest stage, non-proliferative retinopathy, microaneurysms occur in the retina's tiny blood vessels. As the disease progresses, more of these blood vessels become damaged or blocked and these areas of the retina send signals into the regional tissue to grow new blood vessels for nourishment. This stage is called proliferative retinopathy. The new blood vessels grow along the retina and along the surface of the clear, vitreous gel that fills the inside of the eye.
  • By themselves, these blood vessels do not cause symptoms or vision loss. However, they have thin, fragile walls and without timely treatment, these new blood vessels can leak blood (whole blood or some constituents thereof) which can result in severe vision loss and even blindness.
  • Also, fluid can leak into the center of the macula, the part of the eye where sharp, straight-ahead vision occurs. The fluid and the associated protein begin to deposit on or under the macula swell the patient's central vision becomes distorted. This condition is called macular edema. It can occur at any stage of diabetic retinopathy, although it is more likely to occur as the disease progresses. About half of the people with proliferative retinopathy also have macular edema.
  • Uveitis is a condition in which the uvea becomes inflamed. The eye is shaped much like a tennis ball, hollow on the inside with three different layers of tissue surrounding a central cavity. The outermost is the sclera (white coat of the eye) and the innermost is the retina. The middle layer between the sclera and the retina is called the uvea. The uvea contains many of the blood vessels that nourish the eye. Complications of uveitis include glaucoma, cataracts or new blood vessel formation (neovascularization).
  • The currently available interventions for exudative (wet form) macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, choroidal neovascular membrane and complications from uveitis or trauma, include laser photocoagulation therapy, low dose radiation (teletherapy) and surgical removal of neovascular membranes (vitrectomy). Laser therapy has had limited success and selected choroidal neovascular membranes which initially respond to laser therapy have high disease recurrence rates. There is also a potential loss of vision resulting from laser therapy. Low dose radiation has been applied ineffectively to induce regression of choroidal neovascularization. Recently ranibizumab and pegaptinib which are vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) antagonist, have been approved for use in age-related macular degeneration.
  • Retinal vein occlusion (RVO) is the most common retinal vascular disease after diabetic retinopathy. Depending on the area of retinal venous drainage effectively occluded, it is broadly classified as either central retinal vein occlusion (CRVO), hemispheric retinal vein occlusion (HRVO), or branch retinal vein occlusion (BRVO). It has been observed that each of these has two subtypes. Presentation of RVO in general is with variable painless visual loss with any combination of fundal findings consisting of retinal vascular tortuosity, retinal hemorrhages (blot and flame shaped), cotton wool spots, optic disc swelling and macular edema. In a CRVO, retinal hemorrhages will be found in all four quadrants of the fundus, whilst these are restricted to either the superior or inferior fundal hemisphere in a HRVO. In a BRVO, hemorrhages are largely localized to the area drained by the occluded branch retinal vein. Vision loss occurs secondary to macular edema or ischemia.
  • There is therefore a long felt and substantial need for methods of treating diseases of the eye which are characterized by vascular instability, vascular leakage, and neovascularization.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • The disclosed Figures represent a control or baseline study used as a benchmark for determining the effectiveness of the disclosed methods for treating ocular diseases (FIGS. 1 and 3) and studies directed to the disclosed methods. Described herein below, four patients with visual acuity loss due to diabetic macular edema (central retinal thickness [CRT] of more than 325 microns and best corrected visual acuity less than 70 letters) were treated with subcutaneous injections of 5 mg of the disclosed compound twice a day for 28 days and then observed for an additional two months (days 28 through 84). At any time during the course of the study, investigators could administer additional therapy consisting of intravitreal injection of an anti-VEGF agent, for example, ranibizumab, bevacizumab and/or aflibercept if considered by the investigator to be medically necessary. Retinal thickness as measured by ocular coherence tomography and best corrected visual acuity as measured by a standard vision test were assessed at regular intervals during the 28 day active treatment phase and through the 2 month post-treatment observation phase, (Screening, Day 1 [baseline], Day 7, Day 14, Day 21, Day 28, Day 42, Day 56 and Day 84). The main efficacy outcomes for the study were change in CRT and visual acuity over time with treatment.
  • FIG. 1 depicts the results of two phase three studies to determine the effect of intravitreal injections of ranibizumab in patients with diabetic macular edema. Results of these studies were used as a benchmark for determining the effectiveness of the disclosed methods for treating ocular diseases. In this study patients received intravitreal injections with either 0.3 mg (♦) or 0.5 mg (▪) ranibizumab monthly, whereas the control group (▴) received placebo. As depicted in FIG. 1 the reduction in Central Foveal Thickness (CFT) for both the 0.3 mg and 0.5 mg cohorts were essentially identical. As shown in FIG. 1, the two groups receiving ranibizumab had a reduction in Central Foveal Thickness of approximately 120 to 160 μm from day 7 to 1 month after the first injection of ranibizumab.
  • FIG. 2 depicts the results of a study wherein 4 patients received 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily for 28 days and subsequently were treated in one or both eyes (7 eyes total) with either ranibizumab (0.3 or 0.5 mg) or aflibercept (2 mg) by intravitreal injection at the discretion of the study investigator. FIG. 2 is read in this manner: 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 50-100 μm, 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 150-200 μm, 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 200-250 μm, 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 300-350 μm, 2 patient eyes had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 350-400 μm, and 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 450-500 μm at 14-28 days post ranibizumab or aflibercept. The mean change in Central Foveal Thickness was −289 μm, approximately double the reduction seen 7 days to one month after ranibizumab injection in the benchmark study as depicted in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 3 depicts the results of two phase three studies to determine the effect of intravitreal injections of ranibizumab in patients with diabetic macular edema. Results of these studies were used as a benchmark for determining the effectiveness of the disclosed methods for treating ocular diseases. The control group is represented by (▴). Patients receiving 0.3 mg of ranibizumab monthly via ocular injection are represented by (♦). Patients receiving 0.5 mg of ranibizumab monthly via ocular injection are represented by (▪). As shown in FIG. 3, the two groups receiving ranibizumab had an increase in visual acuity of between approximately 4 to 6 letters from day 7 to 1 month after the first injection of ranibizumab.
  • FIG. 4 depicts the increased visual acuity of a study wherein 4 patients received 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily for 28 days and subsequently were treated with either ranibizumab (0.3 or 0.5 mg) or aflibercept (2 mg) by intravitreal injection at the discretion of the study investigator. FIG. 4 is read in this manner: 1 patient eye had an increase of from 16 to 18 letters improvement, 2 patient eyes had an increase of from 14 to 16 letters improvement, 1 patient eye had an increase of from 10 to 12 letters improvement, 1 patient eye had an increase of from 6 to 8 letters improvement, 1 patient eye had an increase of from 2 to 4 letters improvement, and 1 patient eye had a decrease of from 2 to 4 letters at 14-28 days post ranibizumab or aflibercept. The mean change in Visual Acuity was 9 letters, approximately 3 to 5 letters more improvement than seen 7 days to one month after ranibizumab injection in the benchmark study as depicted in FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 5 represents the results of a single patient. The eye having the greater Central Foveal Thickness is chosen as the Study Eye. The patient from day one was given 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily. At week 3 (21 days, indicated by arrow) the fellow eye is treated with 0.5 mg of ranibizumab. At week 6 (42 days, indicated by arrow) the treated eye is treated with 0.5 mg of ranibizumab. As seen in FIG. 5, the Central Foveal Thickness of the study eye drops significantly by week 4 (28 days). Without wishing to be limited by theory, it is believed that when the fellow eye is treated with an injection of 0.5 mg of ranibizumab, the ranibizumab enters the study eye systemically. As a result, there is a pronounced reduction in CFT from day 21 to day 28 (approximately 300 μm). As seen in FIG. 5, by the next monitoring point, week 6, the effects of the systemically received ranibizumab is no longer present and the CFT returns to approximately 775 μm. At week 6, the study eye is treated with an intravitreal injection of 0.5 mg of ranibizumab. As depicted in FIG. 5, by week 8, there is an overall reduction in CFT of approximately 690 μm, wherein the CFT of the subject eye is approximately 180 μm. Although the Fellow Eye began with less CFT than the study eye, nevertheless, treatment with ranibizumab at week 3 (day 21) produced a change in CFT of approximately 430 μm. Compared to the benchmark study depicted in FIG. 1 wherein the average change in CFT was approximately 160 mm, the combination disclosed method proved an approximately 690 mm reduction in CFT at 2 weeks.
  • FIG. 6 represents the results of a single patient. The eye having the greater Central Foveal Thickness is chosen as the Treated Eye (Study Eye). The patient from day one was given 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily. At week 3 (21 days, indicated by arrow) the fellow eye is rescued with 2 mg of aflibercept. After rescue, the Fellow eye has a CFT reduction of approximately 400 μm. At week 6 (42 days, indicated by arrow) the treated eye is rescued with 2 mg of aflibercept. After rescue, the Study eye has a CFT reduction of approximately 310 μm.
    •  SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In some embodiments, the invention provides: a method for treating an ocular disease, comprising administering: a) a compound having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00001
  • wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl unit having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00002
  • R2, R3, and R4 are each independently:
    i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkenyl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C6 linear or branched alkynyl; v) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl; vi) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl; vii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; or viii) R2 and R3 can be taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms; wherein from 1 to 3 atoms can optionally be heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur; Z is a unit having the formula:

  • -(L)n-R1
  • R1 is chosen from: i) hydrogen; ii) hydroxyl; iii) amino; iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl; v) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkoxy; vi) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl; vii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic rings; or viii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl rings; L is a linking unit having the formula:

  • -[Q]y[C(R5aR5b)]x[Q1]z[C(R6aR6b)]w—
  • Q and Q1 are each independently: i) —C(O)—; ii) —NH—; iii) —C(O)NH—; iv) —NHC(O)—; v) —NHC(O)NH—; vi) —NHC(O)O—; vii) —C(O)O—; viii) —C(O)NHC(O)—; ix) —O—; x) —S—; xi) —SO2—; xii) —C(═NH)—; xiii) —C(═NH)NH—; xiv) —NHC(═NH)—; or xv) —NHC(═NH)NH—;
    R5a and R5b are each independently: i) hydrogen; ii) hydroxy; iii) halogen; iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear or C3-C6 branched alkyl; or v) a unit having the formula:

  • —[C(R7aR7b)]tR8
  • R7a and R7b are each independently: i) hydrogen; or ii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl; R8 is: i) hydrogen; ii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl; iii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl; iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl; or v) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; R6a and R6b are each independently: i) hydrogen; or ii) C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl; the index n is 0 or 1; the indices t, w and x are each independently from 0 to 4; the indices y and z are each independently 0 or 1; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and b) one or more anti-VEGF agents.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • The materials, compounds, compositions, articles, and methods described herein may be understood more readily by reference to the following detailed description of specific aspects of the disclosed subject matter and the Examples included therein.
  • Before the present materials, compounds, compositions, and methods are disclosed and described, it is to be understood that the aspects described below are not limited to specific synthetic methods or specific reagents, as such may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular aspects only and is not intended to be limiting.
  • Also, throughout this specification, various publications are referenced. The disclosures of these publications in their entireties are hereby incorporated by reference into this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which the disclosed matter pertains. The references disclosed are also individually and specifically incorporated by reference herein for the material contained in them that is discussed in the sentence in which the reference is relied upon.
    • General Definitions
  • In this specification and in the claims that follow, reference will be made to a number of terms, which shall be defined to have the following meanings: All percentages, ratios and proportions herein are by weight, unless otherwise specified. All temperatures are in degrees Celsius (o C) unless otherwise specified.
  • By “pharmaceutically acceptable” is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material can be administered to an individual along with the relevant active compound without causing clinically unacceptable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical composition in which it is contained.
  • Ranges may be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint.
  • A weight percent of a component, unless specifically stated to the contrary, is based on the total weight of the formulation or composition in which the component is included.
  • By “effective amount” as used herein means “an amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds, effective at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired or therapeutic result.” An effective amount may vary according to factors known in the art, such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the human or animal being treated. Although particular dosage regimes may be described in examples herein, a person skilled in the art would appreciate that the dosage regime may be altered to provide optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. In addition, the compositions of this disclosure can be administered as frequently as necessary to achieve a therapeutic amount.
  • “Admixture” or “blend” is generally used herein means a physical combination of two or more different components
  • “Excipient” is used herein to include any other compound that may be contained in or combined with one or more of the disclosed inhibitors that is not a therapeutically or biologically active compound. As such, an excipient should be pharmaceutically or biologically acceptable or relevant (for example, an excipient should generally be non-toxic to the subject). “Excipient” includes a single such compound and is also intended to include a plurality of excipients.
  • “HPTP beta” or “HPTP-β” are used interchangeably herein and are abbreviations for human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta.
  • “Excipient” is used herein to include any other compound that may be contained in or combined with one or more of the disclosed inhibitors that is not a therapeutically or biologically active compound. As such, an excipient should be pharmaceutically or biologically acceptable or relevant (for example, an excipient should generally be non-toxic to the subject). “Excipient” includes a single such compound and is also intended to include a plurality of excipients.
  • As used herein, by a “subject” is meant an individual patient being treated for one or more of the ocular diseases described herein.
  • By “reduce” or other forms of the word, such as “reducing” or “reduction,” is meant lowering of an event or characteristic (e.g., vascular leakage). It is understood that this is typically in relation to some standard or expected value, in other words it is relative, but that it is not always necessary for the standard or relative value to be referred to.
  • The term “treat” or other forms of the word such as “treated” or “treatment” is used herein to mean that administration of a compound of the present invention mitigates a disease or a disorder in a host and/or reduces, inhibits, or eliminates a particular characteristic or event associated with a disorder (e.g., vascular leakage). Thus, the term “treatment” includes, preventing a disorder from occurring in a host, particularly when the host is predisposed to acquiring the disease, but has not yet been diagnosed with the disease; inhibiting the disorder; and/or alleviating or reversing the disorder. Insofar as the methods of the present invention are directed to preventing disorders, it is understood that the term “prevent” does not require that the disease state be completely thwarted. Rather, as used herein, the term preventing refers to the ability of the skilled artisan to identify a population that is susceptible to disorders, such that administration of the compounds of the present invention may occur prior to onset of a disease. The term does not imply that the disease state be completely avoided.
  • Throughout the description and claims of this specification the word “comprise” and other forms of the word, such as “comprising” and “comprises,” means including but not limited to, and is not intended to exclude, for example, other additives, components, integers, or steps.
  • As used in the description and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a composition” includes mixtures of two or more such compositions, reference to “a phenylsulfamic acid” includes mixtures of two or more such phenylsulfamic acids, reference to “the compound” includes mixtures of two or more such compounds, and the like.
  • “Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.
  • Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another aspect. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of values disclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as “about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. For example, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “about 10” is also disclosed. It is also understood that when a value is disclosed, then “less than or equal to” the value, “greater than or equal to the value,” and possible ranges between values are also disclosed, as appropriately understood by the skilled artisan. For example, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “less than or equal to 10” as well as “greater than or equal to 10” is also disclosed. It is also understood that throughout the application data are provided in a number of different formats and that this data represent endpoints and starting points and ranges for any combination of the data points. For example, if a particular data point “10” and a particular data point “15” are disclosed, it is understood that greater than, greater than or equal to, less than, less than or equal to, and equal to 10 and 15 are considered disclosed as well as between 10 and 15. It is also understood that each unit between two particular units are also disclosed. For example, if 10 and 15 are disclosed, then 11, 12, 13, and 14 are also disclosed.
  • The present disclosure relates to compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases, especially ocular disease wherein neovascularization and vascular leakage are present. These diseases are sometimes characterized as diseases wherein there is an elevated angiogenic response in the vessels associated with the eye. The present disclosure provides a Human Protein Tyrosine Phosphatase-beta (HPTP-13) inhibitor that provides vascular stabilization.
  • Although not wishing to be limited by theory, Vascular Endothelia Growth Factor (VEGF) stimulates angiogenesis in the disclosed ocular diseases. VEGF is a key molecule involved in the development of retinal neovascularization. Studies have demonstrated not only a correlation of the VEGF levels with the severity of proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), but also a reduction in the levels after successful laser treatment of PDR Ischemia in the retina due to microvascular occlusion induces the release of VEGF into the vitreous cavity; highly concentrated VEGF in the ocular fluid leads to the growth of new vessels, VEGF also increases the permeability of capillary vessels and contributes to diabetic macular edema. Retinal fibrovascular membranes, including neovascularization, represent an important risk factor for severe vision loss in patients with diabetic retinopathy. As such, the disclosed HPTP-13 inhibitor acts to stabilize ocular vasculature and, as such, serves to counter act the stimulation caused by VEGF and other inflammatory agents that may be present in the diseased retina.
  • Disclosed is the HPTP-13 inhibitor 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid. This compound can be used as a treatment in combination with anti-VEGF agents, as a therapy in combination with anti-VEGF agents. HPTP-β can be used to maintain the level of disease reversal after anti-VEGF drugs have withdrawn.
  • The following chemical hierarchy is used throughout the specification to describe and enable the scope of the present disclosure and to particularly point out and distinctly claim the units which comprise the compounds of the present disclosure, however, unless otherwise specifically defined, the terms used herein are the same as those of the artisan of ordinary skill. The term “hydrocarbyl” stands for any carbon atom-based unit (organic molecule), said units optionally containing one or more organic functional group, including inorganic atom comprising salts, inter alia, carboxylate salts, quaternary ammonium salts. Within the broad meaning of the term “hydrocarbyl” are the classes “acyclic hydrocarbyl” and “cyclic hydrocarbyl” which terms are used to divide hydrocarbyl units into cyclic and non-cyclic classes.
  • As it relates to the following definitions, “cyclic hydrocarbyl” units can comprise only carbon atoms in the ring (i.e., carbocyclic and aryl rings) or can comprise one or more heteroatoms in the ring (i.e., heterocyclic and heteroaryl rings). For “carbocyclic” rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring are 3 carbon atoms; cyclopropyl. For “aryl” rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring are 6 carbon atoms; phenyl. For “heterocyclic” rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring is 1 carbon atom; diazirinyl. Ethylene oxide comprises 2 carbon atoms and is a C2 heterocycle. For “heteroaryl” rings the lowest number of carbon atoms in a ring is 1 carbon atom; 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl. The following is a non-limiting description of the terms “acyclic hydrocarbyl” and “cyclic hydrocarbyl” as used herein.
    • A. Substituted and Unsubstituted Acyclic Hydrocarbyl:
      • For the purposes of the present disclosure the term “substituted and unsubstituted acyclic hydrocarbyl” encompasses 3 categories of units:
    • 1) linear or branched alkyl, non-limiting examples of which include, methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), and the like; substituted linear or branched alkyl, non-limiting examples of which includes, hydroxymethyl (C1), chloromethyl (C1), trifluoromethyl (C1), aminomethyl (C1), 1-chloroethyl (C2), 2-hydroxyethyl (C2), 1,2-difluoroethyl (C2), 3-carboxypropyl (C3), and the like.
    • 2) linear or branched alkenyl, non-limiting examples of which include, ethenyl (C2), 3-propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C3), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C3), buten-4-yl (C4), and the like; substituted linear or branched alkenyl, non-limiting examples of which include, 2-chloroethenyl (also 2-chlorovinyl) (C2), 4-hydroxybuten-1-yl (C4), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-4-en-2-yl (C9), 7-hydroxy-7-methyloct-3,5-dien-2-yl (C9), and the like.
    • 3) linear or branched alkynyl, non-limiting examples of which include, ethynyl (C2), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C3), propyn-1-yl (C3), and 2-methyl-hex-4-yn-1-yl (C7); substituted linear or branched alkynyl, non-limiting examples of which include, 5-hydroxy-5-methylhex-3-ynyl (C7), 6-hydroxy-6-methylhept-3-yn-2-yl (C5), 5-hydroxy-5-ethylhept-3-ynyl (C9), and the like.
    B. Substituted and Unsubstituted Cyclic Hydrocarbyl:
      • For the purposes of the present disclosure the term “substituted and unsubstituted cyclic hydrocarbyl” encompasses 5 categories of units:
    • 1) The term “carbocyclic” is defined herein as “encompassing rings comprising from 3 to 20 carbon atoms, wherein the atoms which comprise said rings are limited to carbon atoms, and further each ring can be independently substituted with one or more moieties capable of replacing one or more hydrogen atoms.” The following are non-limiting examples of “substituted and unsubstituted carbocyclic rings” which encompass the following categories of units:
      • i) carbocyclic rings having a single substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon ring, non-limiting examples of which include, cyclopropyl (C3), 2-methyl-cyclopropyl (C3), cyclopropenyl (C3), cyclobutyl (C4), 2,3-dihydroxycyclobutyl (C4), cyclobutenyl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclopentadienyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C6), cyclohexenyl (C6), cycloheptyl (C7), cyclooctanyl (C5), 2,5-dimethylcyclopentyl (C5), 3,5-dichlorocyclohexyl (C6), 4-hydroxycyclohexyl (C6), and 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohex-1-yl (C6).
      • ii) carbocyclic rings having two or more substituted or unsubstituted fused hydrocarbon rings, non-limiting examples of which include, octahydropentalenyl (C8), octahydro-1H-indenyl (C9), 3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-3H-inden-4-yl (C9), decahydroazulenyl (C10).
      • iii) carbocyclic rings which are substituted or unsubstituted bicyclic hydrocarbon rings, non-limiting examples of which include, bicyclo-[2.1.1]hexanyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, bicyclo[3.1.1]heptanyl, 1,3-dimethyl[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, and bicyclo[3.3.3]undecanyl.
    • 2) The term “aryl” is defined herein as “units encompassing at least one phenyl or naphthyl ring and wherein there are no heteroaryl or heterocyclic rings fused to the phenyl or naphthyl ring and further each ring can be independently substituted with one or more moieties capable of replacing one or more hydrogen atoms.” The following are non-limiting examples of “substituted and unsubstituted aryl rings” which encompass the following categories of units:
      • i) C6 or C10 substituted or unsubstituted aryl rings; phenyl and naphthyl rings whether substituted or unsubstituted, non-limiting examples of which include, phenyl (C6), naphthylen-1-yl (C10), naphthylen-2-yl (C10), 4-fluorophenyl (C6), 2-hydroxyphenyl (C6), 3-methylphenyl (C6), 2-amino-4-fluorophenyl (C6), 2-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl (C6), 2-cyanophenyl (C6), 2,6-di-tert-butylphenyl (C6), 3-methoxyphenyl (C6), 8-hydroxynaphthylen-2-yl (C10), 4,5-dimethoxynaphthylen-1-yl (C10), and 6-cyano-naphthylen-1-yl (C10).
      • ii) C6 or C10 aryl rings fused with 1 or 2 saturated rings to afford C8-C20 ring systems, non-limiting examples of which include, bicyclo[4.2.0]octa-1,3,5-trienyl (C8), and indanyl (C9).
    • 3) The terms “heterocyclic” and/or “heterocycle” are defined herein as “units comprising one or more rings having from 3 to 20 atoms wherein at least one atom in at least one ring is a heteroatom chosen from nitrogen (N), oxygen (O), or sulfur (S), or mixtures of N, O, and S, and wherein further the ring which contains the heteroatom is also not an aromatic ring.” The following are non-limiting examples of “substituted and unsubstituted heterocyclic rings” which encompass the following categories of units:
      • i) heterocyclic units having a single ring containing one or more heteroatoms, non-limiting examples of which include, diazirinyl (C1), aziridinyl (C2), urazolyl (C2), azetidinyl (C3), pyrazolidinyl (C3), imidazolidinyl (C3), oxazolidinyl (C3), isoxazolinyl (C3), thiazolidinyl (C3), isothiazolinyl (C3), oxathiazolidinonyl (C3), oxazolidinonyl (C3), hydantoinyl (C3), tetrahydrofuranyl (C4), pyrrolidinyl (C4), morpholinyl (C4), piperazinyl (C4), piperidinyl (C4), dihydropyranyl (C5), tetrahydropyranyl (C5), piperidin-2-onyl (valerolactam) (C5), 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-azepinyl (C6), 2,3-dihydro-1H-indole (C8), and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline (C9).
      • ii) heterocyclic units having 2 or more rings one of which is a heterocyclic ring, non-limiting examples of which include hexahydro-1H-pyrrolizinyl (C7), 3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazolyl (C7), 3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-1H-indolyl (C8), 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl (C9), and decahydro-1H-cycloocta[b]pyrrolyl (C10).
    • 4) The term “heteroaryl” is defined herein as “encompassing one or more rings comprising from 5 to 20 atoms wherein at least one atom in at least one ring is a heteroatom chosen from nitrogen (N), oxygen (O), or sulfur (S), or mixtures of N, O, and S, and wherein further at least one of the rings which comprises a heteroatom is an aromatic ring.” The following are non-limiting examples of “substituted and unsubstituted heterocyclic rings” which encompass the following categories of units:
      • i) heteroaryl rings containing a single ring, non-limiting examples of which include, 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl (C1), [1,2,3]triazolyl (C2), [1,2,4]triazolyl (C2), triazinyl (C3), thiazolyl (C3), 1H-imidazolyl (C3), oxazolyl (C3), isoxazolyl (C3), isothiazolyl (C3), furanyl (C4), thiophenyl (C4), pyrimidinyl (C4), 2-phenylpyrimidinyl (C4), pyridinyl (C5), 3-methylpyridinyl (C5), and 4-dimethylaminopyridinyl (C5)
      • ii) heteroaryl rings containing 2 or more fused rings one of which is a heteroaryl ring, non-limiting examples of which include: 7H-purinyl (C5), 9H-purinyl (C5), 6-amino-9H-purinyl (C5), 5H-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidinyl (C6), 7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidinyl (C6), pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinyl (C7), 2-phenylbenzo[d]thiazolyl (C7), 1H-indolyl (C8s), 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-H-indolyl (C8), quinoxalinyl (C8), 5-methylquinoxalinyl (C8), quinazolinyl (C8), quinolinyl (C9), 8-hydroxy-quinolinyl (C9), and isoquinolinyl (C9).
    • 5) C1-C6 tethered cyclic hydrocarbyl units (whether carbocyclic units, C6 or C10 aryl units, heterocyclic units, or heteroaryl units) which connected to another moiety, unit, or core of the molecule by way of a C1-C6 alkylene unit. Non-limiting examples of tethered cyclic hydrocarbyl units include benzyl C1-(C6) having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00003
    •  wherein Ra is optionally one or more independently chosen substitutions for hydrogen. Further examples include other aryl units, inter alia, (2-hydroxyphenyl)hexyl C6-(C6); naphthalen-2-ylmethyl C1-(C10), 4-fluorobenzyl C1-(C6), 2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl C2-(C6), as well as substituted and unsubstituted C3-C10 alkylenecarbocyclic units, for example, cyclopropylmethyl C1-(C3), cyclopentylethyl C2-(C5), cyclohexylmethyl C1-(C6). Included within this category are substituted and unsubstituted C1-C10 alkylene-heteroaryl units, for example a 2-picolyl C1-(C6) unit having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00004
    •  wherein Ra is the same as defined above. In addition, C1-C12 tethered cyclic hydrocarbyl units include C1-C10 alkyleneheterocyclic units and alkylene-heteroaryl units, non-limiting examples of which include, aziridinylmethyl C1-(C2) and oxazol-2-ylmethyl C1-(C3).
  • For the purposes of the present disclosure carbocyclic rings are from C3 to C20; aryl rings are C6 or C10; heterocyclic rings are from C1 to C9; and heteroaryl rings are from C1 to C9.
  • For the purposes of the present disclosure, and to provide consistency in defining the present disclosure, fused ring units, as well as spirocyclic rings, bicyclic rings and the like, which comprise a single heteroatom will be characterized and referred to herein as being encompassed by the cyclic family corresponding to the heteroatom containing ring, although the artisan may have alternative characterizations. For example, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00005
  • is, for the purposes of the present disclosure, considered a heterocyclic unit. 6,7-Dihydro-5H-cyclopentapyrimidine having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00006
  • is, for the purposes of the present disclosure, considered a heteroaryl unit. When a fused ring unit contains heteroatoms in both a saturated ring (heterocyclic ring) and an aryl ring (heteroaryl ring), the aryl ring will predominate and determine the type of category to which the ring is assigned herein for the purposes of describing the invention. For example, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-[1,8]naphthpyridine having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00007
  • is, for the purposes of the present disclosure, considered a heteroaryl unit.
  • The term “substituted” is used throughout the specification. The term “substituted” is applied to the units described herein as “substituted unit or moiety is a hydrocarbyl unit or moiety, whether acyclic or cyclic, which has one or more hydrogen atoms replaced by a substituent or several substituents as defined herein below.” The units, when substituting for hydrogen atoms are capable of replacing one hydrogen atom, two hydrogen atoms, or three hydrogen atoms of a hydrocarbyl moiety at a time. In addition, these substituents can replace two hydrogen atoms on two adjacent carbons to form said substituent, new moiety, or unit. For example, a substituted unit that requires a single hydrogen atom replacement includes halogen, hydroxyl, and the like. A two hydrogen atom replacement includes carbonyl, oximino, and the like. A two hydrogen atom replacement from adjacent carbon atoms includes epoxy, and the like. Three hydrogen replacement includes cyano, and the like. The term substituted is used throughout the present specification to indicate that a hydrocarbyl moiety, inter alia, aromatic ring, alkyl chain; can have one or more of the hydrogen atoms replaced by a substituent. When a moiety is described as “substituted” any number of the hydrogen atoms may be replaced. For example, 4-hydroxyphenyl is a “substituted aromatic carbocyclic ring (aryl ring)”, (N,N-dimethyl-5-amino)octanyl is a “substituted C8 linear alkyl unit, 3-guanidinopropyl is a “substituted C3 linear alkyl unit,” and 2-carboxypyridinyl is a “substituted heteroaryl unit.”
  • The following are non-limiting examples of units which can substitute for hydrogen atoms on a carbocyclic, aryl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl unit:
      • i) C1-C12 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl; methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), ethenyl (C2), ethynyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), cyclopropyl (C3), 3-propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C3), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C3), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C3), propyn-1-yl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), cyclobutyl (C4), buten-4-yl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C6);
      • ii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl; for example, phenyl, naphthyl (also referred to herein as naphthylen-1-yl (C10) or naphthylen-2-yl (C10));
      • iii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 alkylenearyl; for example, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, naphthylen-2-ylmethyl;
      • iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic rings; as described herein below;
      • v) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl rings; as described herein below;
      • vi) —(CR102aR102b)aOR101; for example, —OH, —CH2OH, —OCH3, —CH2OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —CH2OCH2CH3, —OCH2CH2CH3, and —CH2OCH2CH2CH3;
      • vii) —(CR102aR102b)aC(O)R101; for example, —COCH3, —CH2COCH3, —COCH2CH3, —CH2COCH2CH3, —COCH2CH2CH3, and —CH2COCH2CH2CH3;
      • viii) —(CR102aR102b)aC(O)OR101; for example, —CO2CH3, —CH2CO2CH3, —CO2CH2CH3, —CH2CO2CH2CH3, —CO2CH2CH2CH3, and —CH2CO2CH2CH2CH3;
      • ix) —(CR102aR102b)aC(O)N(R101)2; for example, —CONH2, —CH2CONH2, —CONHCH3, —CH2CONHCH3, —CON(CH3)2, and —CH2CON(CH3)2;
      • x) —(CR102aR102b)aN(R101)2; for example, —NH2, —CH2NH2, —NHCH3, —CH2NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, and —CH2N(CH3)2;
      • xi) halogen; —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;
      • xii) —(CR102aR102b)aCN;
      • xiii) —(CR102aR102b)aNO2;
      • xiv) —CHjXk; wherein X is halogen, the index j is an integer from 0 to 2, j+k=3; for example, —CH2F, —CHF2, —CF3, —CCl3, or —CBr3;
      • xv) —(CR102aR102b)aSR101; —SH, —CH2SH, —SCH3, —CH2SCH3, —SC6H5, and —CH2SC6H5;
      • xvi) —(CR102aR102b)aSO2R101; for example, —SO2H, —CH2SO2H, —SO2CH3, —CH2SO2CH3, —SO2C6H5, and —CH2SO2C6H5; and
      • xvii) —(CR102aR102b)aSO3R101; for example, —SO3H, —CH2SO3H, —SO3CH3, —CH2SO3CH3, —SO3C6H5, and —CH2SO3C6H5;
        wherein each R101 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl; or two R101 units can be taken together to form a ring comprising 3-7 atoms; R102a and R102b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 linear or branched alkyl; the index “a” is from 0 to 4.
  • For the purposes of the present disclosure the terms “compound,” “analog,” and “composition of matter” stand equally well for each other and are used interchangeably throughout the specification. The disclosed compounds include all enantiomeric forms, diastereomeric forms, salts, and the like.
  • The compounds disclosed herein include all salt forms, for example, salts of both basic groups, inter alia, amines, as well as salts of acidic groups, inter alia, carboxylic acids. The following are non-limiting examples of anions that can form salts with protonated basic groups: chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, carbonate, bicarbonate, phosphate, formate, acetate, propionate, butyrate, pyruvate, lactate, oxalate, malonate, maleate, succinate, tartrate, fumarate, citrate, and the like. The following are non-limiting examples of cations that can form salts of acidic groups: ammonium, sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, bismuth, lysine, and the like.
  • The disclosed compounds have Formula (I):
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00008
  • wherein the carbon atom having the amino unit has the (S) stereochemistry as indicated in the following formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00009
  • The units which comprise R and Z can comprise units having any configuration, and, as such, the disclosed compounds can be single enantiomers, diastereomeric pairs, or combinations thereof. In addition, the compounds can be isolated as salts or hydrates. In the case of salts, the compounds can comprises more than one cation or anion. In the case of hydrates, any number of water molecules, or fractional part thereof (for example, less than 1 water molecule present for each molecule of analog) can be present.
    • R Units
  • R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl unit having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00010
  • R2, R3, and R4 are substituent groups that can be independently chosen from a wide variety of non-carbon atom containing units (for example, hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino, halogen, nitro, and the like) or organic substituent units, such as substituted and unsubstituted acyclic hydrocarbyl and cyclic hydrocarbyl units as described herein. The carbon comprising units can comprise from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • An example of compounds of Formula (I) include compounds wherein R units are thiazol-2-yl units having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00011
  • wherein R2 and R3 are each independently chosen from:
      • i) hydrogen;
      • ii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl;
      • iii) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkenyl;
      • iv) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C6 linear or C3-C6 branched alkynyl;
      • v) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl;
      • vi) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl;
      • vii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; or
      • viii) R2 and R3 can be taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms; wherein from 1 to 3 atoms can optionally be heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
  • The following are non-limiting examples of units that can substitute for one or more hydrogen atoms on the R2 and R3 units. The following substituents, as well as others not herein described, are each independently chosen:
      • i) C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl; methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), ethenyl (C2), ethynyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), cyclopropyl (C3), 3-propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C3), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C3), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C3), propyn-1-yl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), cyclobutyl (C4), buten-4-yl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C6);
      • ii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl; for example, phenyl, naphthyl (also referred to herein as naphthylen-1-yl (C10) or naphthylen-2-yl (C10));
      • iii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 alkylenearyl; for example, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, naphthylen-2-ylmethyl;
      • iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic rings; as described herein;
      • v) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl rings; as described herein;
      • vi) —(CR21aR21b)pOR20; for example, —OH, —CH2OH, —OCH3, —CH2OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —CH2OCH2CH3, —OCH2CH2CH3, and —CH2OCH2CH2CH3;
      • vii) —(CR21aR21b)pC(O)R20; for example, —COCH3, —CH2COCH3, —COCH2CH3, —CH2COCH2CH3, —COCH2CH2CH3, and —CH2COCH2CH2CH3;
      • viii) —(CR21aR21b)pC(O)OR20; for example, —CO2CH3, —CH2CO2CH3, —CO2CH2CH3, —CH2CO2CH2CH3, —CO2CH2CH2CH3, and —CH2CO2CH2CH2CH3;
      • x) —(CR21aR21b)pC(O)N(R20)2; for example, —CONH2, —CH2CONH2, —CONHCH3, —CH2CONHCH3, —CON(CH3)2, and —CH2CON(CH3)2;
      • x) —(CR21aR21b)pN(R20)2; for example, —NH2, —CH2NH2, —NHCH3, —CH2NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, and —CH2N(CH3)2;
      • xi) halogen; —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;
      • xii) —(CR21aR21b)pCN;
      • xiii) —(CR21aR21b)pNO2;
      • xiv) —(CHj′Xk′)hCHjXk; wherein X is halogen, the index j is an integer from 0 to 2, j+k=3, the index j′ is an integer from 0 to 2, j′+k′=2, the index h is from 0 to 6; for example, —CH2F, —CHF2, —CF3, —CH2CF3, —CHFCF3, —CCl3, or —CBr3;
      • xv) —(CR21aR21b)pSR20; —SH, —CH2SH, —SCH3, —CH2SCH3, —SC6H5, and —CH2SC6H5;
      • xvi) —(CR21aR21b)pSO2R20; for example, —SO2H, —CH2SO2H, —SO2CH3, —CH2SO2CH3, —SO2C6H5, and —CH2SO2C6H5; and
      • xvii) —(CR21aR21b)pSO3R20; for example, —SO3H, —CH2SO3H, —SO3CH3, —CH2SO3CH3, —SO3C6H5, and —CH2SO3C6H5;
        wherein each R20 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear, C3-C4 branched, or C3-C4 cyclic alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl; or two R20 units can be taken together to form a ring comprising 3-7 atoms; R21a and R21b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl; the index p is from 0 to 4.
  • An example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00012
  • wherein R3 is hydrogen and R2 is a unit chosen from methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), n-pentyl (C5), 1-methylbutyl (C5), 2-methylbutyl (C5), 3-methylbutyl (C5), cyclopropyl (C3), n-hexyl (C6), 4-methylpentyl (C6), and cyclohexyl (C6).
  • Another example of compounds of Formula (I) include R units having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00013
  • wherein R2 is a unit chosen from methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), and tert-butyl (C4); and R3 is a unit chosen from methyl (C1) or ethyl (C2). Non-limiting examples of this aspect of R includes 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl, 4-ethyl-5-methylthiazol-2-yl, 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl, and 4,5-diethylthiazol-2-yl.
  • A further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R3 is hydrogen and R2 is a substituted alkyl unit, said substitutions chosen from:
      • i) halogen: —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;
      • ii) —N(R11)2; and
      • iii) —OR11;
        wherein each R11 is independently hydrogen or C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl. Non-limiting examples of units that can be a substitute for a R2 or R3 hydrogen atom on R units include —CH2F, —CHF2, —CF3, —CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CF3, —CH2Cl, —CH2OH, —CH2OCH3, —CH2CH2OH, —CH2CH2OCH3, —CH2NH2, —CH2NHCH3, —CH2N(CH3)2, and —CH2NH(CH2CH3).
  • Further non-limiting examples of units that can be a substitute for a R2 or R3 hydrogen atom on R units include 2,2-difluorocyclopropyl, 2-methoxycyclohexyl, and 4-chlorocyclohexyl.
  • A yet further example of compounds of Formula (I), R units include units wherein R3 is hydrogen and R2 is phenyl or substituted phenyl, wherein non-limiting examples of R2 units include phenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-cyclopropylphenyl, 4-diethylaminophenyl, 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(difluoromethoxy)-phenyl, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, and 3,4-dichloro-phenyl, which when incorporated into the definition of R affords the following R units 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl, 3,4-dimethylphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-tert-butylphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-cyclopropylphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-diethylaminophenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-methoxyphenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-(difluoromethoxy)phenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenylthiazol-2-yl, 3-chlorophenylthiazol-2-yl, 4-chlorophenylthiazol-2-yl, and 3,4-dichlorophenylthiazol-2-yl.
  • A still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R2 is chosen from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and iso-propyl and R3 is phenyl or substituted phenyl. A non-limiting example of a R unit according to the fifth aspect of the first category of R units includes 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl and 4-ethyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl.
  • Another further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R3 is hydrogen and R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl unit chosen from 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, [1,2,3]triazol-4-yl, [1,2,3]triazol-5-yl, [1,2,4]triazol-4-yl, [1,2,4]triazol-5-yl, imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrrol-3-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-4-yl, isoxazol-5-yl, [1,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, [1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl, [1,3,4]oxadiazol-2-yl, furan-2-yl, furan-3-yl, thiophen-2-yl, thiophen-3-yl, isothiazol-3-yl, isothiazol-4-yl, isothiazol-5-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, [1,2,4]thiadiazol-3-yl, [1,2,4]thiadiazol-5-yl, and [1,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl.
  • Further non-limiting example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R2 is substituted or unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl, for example thiophen-2-yl, 5-chlorothiophen-2-yl, and 5-methylthiophen-2-yl.
  • A still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R2 is substituted or unsubstituted thiophen-3-yl, for example thiophen-3-yl, 5-chlorothiophen-3-yl, and 5-methylthiophen-3-yl.
  • Another example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R2 and R3 are taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms. Non-limiting examples of the sixth aspect of the first category of R units include 5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]thiazol-2-yl and 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl.
  • Further examples of compounds of Formula (I) include R units that are thiazol-4-yl or thiazol-5-yl units having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00014
  • wherein R4 is a unit chosen from:
      • i) hydrogen;
      • ii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl;
      • iii) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkenyl;
      • iv) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C6 linear or branched alkynyl;
      • v) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl;
      • vi) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl; or
      • vii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic.
  • The following are non-limiting examples of units that can substitute for one or more hydrogen atoms on the R4 units. The following substituents, as well as others not herein described, are each independently chosen:
      • i) C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl; methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), ethenyl (C2), ethynyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), cyclopropyl (C3), 3-propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C3), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C3), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C3), propyn-1-yl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), cyclobutyl (C4), buten-4-yl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C6);
      • ii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl; for example, phenyl, naphthyl (also referred to herein as naphthylen-1-yl (C10) or naphthylen-2-yl (C10));
      • iii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 alkylenearyl; for example, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, naphthylen-2-ylmethyl;
      • iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic rings; as described herein below;
      • v) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl rings; as described herein below;
      • vi) —(CR21aR21b)pOR20; for example, —OH, —CH2OH, —OCH3, —CH2OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —CH2OCH2CH3, —OCH2CH2CH3, and —CH2OCH2CH2CH3;
      • vii) —(CR21aR21b)pC(O)R20; for example, —COCH3, —CH2COCH3, —COCH2CH3, —CH2COCH2CH3, —COCH2CH2CH3, and —CH2COCH2CH2CH3;
      • viii) —(CR21aR21b)pC(O)OR20; for example, —CO2CH3, —CH2CO2CH3, —CO2CH2CH3, —CH2CO2CH2CH3, —CO2CH2CH2CH3, and —CH2CO2CH2CH2CH3;
      • xi) —(CR21aR21b)pC(O)N(R2)2; for example, —CONH2, —CH2CONH2, —CONHCH3, —CH2CONHCH3, —CON(CH3)2, and —CH2CON(CH3)2;
      • x) —(CR21aR21b)pN(R20)2; for example, —NH2, —CH2NH2, —NHCH3, —CH2NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, and —CH2N(CH3)2;
      • xi) halogen; —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;
      • xii) —(CR21aR21b)pCN;
      • xiii) —(CR21aR21b)pNO2;
      • xiv) —(CHj′Xk′)hCHjXk; wherein X is halogen, the index j is an integer from 0 to 2, j+k=3, the index j′ is an integer from 0 to 2, j′+k′=2, the index h is from 0 to 6; for example, —CH2F, —CHF2, —CF3, —CH2CF3, —CHFCF3, —CCl3, or —CBr3;
      • xv) —(CR21aR21b)pSR20; —SH, —CH2SH, —SCH3, —CH2SCH3, —SC6H5, and —CH2SC6H5;
      • xvi) —(CR21aR21b)pSO2R20; for example, —SO2H, —CH2SO2H, —SO2CH3, —CH2SO2CH3, —SO2C6H5, and —CH2SO2C6H5; and
      • xvii) —(CR21aR21b)pSO3R20; for example, —SO3H, —CH2SO3H, —SO3CH3, —CH2SO3CH3, —SO3C6H5, and —CH2SO3C6H5;
        wherein each R20 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear, C3-C4 branched, or C3-C4 cyclic alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl; or two R20 units can be taken together to form a ring comprising 3-7 atoms; R21a and R21b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl; the index p is from 0 to 4.
  • An example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R4 is hydrogen.
  • A further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R4 is a unit chosen from methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), and tert-butyl (C4). Non-limiting examples of this aspect of R includes 2-methylthiazol-4-yl, 2-ethylthiazol-4-yl, 2-(n-propyl)thiazol-4-yl, and 2-(iso-propyl)thiazol-4-yl.
  • A still further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R4 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, non-limiting examples of which include phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, and 4-methoxyphenyl.
  • Yet further example of compounds of Formula (I) includes R units wherein R4 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, non-limiting examples of which include thiophen-2-yl, thiophen-3-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl, 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl, 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, and 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl.
  • Another example of 5-member ring R units includes substituted or unsubstituted imidazolyl units having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00015
  • One example of imidazolyl R units includes imidazol-2-yl units having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00016
  • wherein R2 and R3 are each independently chosen from:
      • i) hydrogen;
      • ii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl;
      • iii) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkenyl;
      • iv) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C6 linear or branched alkynyl;
      • v) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl;
      • vi) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl;
      • vii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; or
      • viii) R2 and R3 can be taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms; wherein from 1 to 3 atoms can optionally be heteroatoms chosen from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
  • The following are non-limiting examples of units that can substitute for one or more hydrogen atoms on the R2 and R3 units. The following substituents, as well as others not herein described, are each independently chosen:
      • i) C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl; methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), ethenyl (C2), ethynyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), cyclopropyl (C3), 3-propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C3), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C3), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C3), propyn-1-yl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), cyclobutyl (C4), buten-4-yl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C6);
      • ii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl; for example, phenyl, naphthyl (also referred to herein as naphthylen-1-yl (C10) or naphthylen-2-yl (C10));
      • iii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 alkylenearyl; for example, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, naphthylen-2-ylmethyl;
      • iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic rings; as described herein;
      • v) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl rings; as described herein;
      • vi) —(CR21aR21b)zOR20; for example, —OH, —CH2OH, —OCH3, —CH2OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —CH2OCH2CH3, —OCH2CH2CH3, and —CH2OCH2CH2CH3;
      • vii) —(CR21aR21b)zC(O)R20; for example, —COCH3, —CH2COCH3, —COCH2CH3, —CH2COCH2CH3, —COCH2CH2CH3, and —CH2COCH2CH2CH3;
      • viii) —(CR21aR21b)zC(O)OR20; for example, —CO2CH3, —CH2CO2CH3, —CO2CH2CH3, —CH2CO2CH2CH3, —CO2CH2CH2CH3, and —CH2CO2CH2CH2CH3;
      • xii) —(CR21aR21b)zC(O)N(R20)2; for example, —CONH2, —CH2CONH2, —CONHCH3, —CH2CONHCH3, —CON(CH3)2, and —CH2CON(CH3)2;
      • x) —(CR21aR21b)zN(R20)2; for example, —NH2, —CH2NH2, —NHCH3, —CH2NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, and —CH2N(CH3)2;
      • xi) halogen; —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;
      • xii) —(CR21aR21b)zCN;
      • xiii) —(CR21aR21b)zNO2;
      • xiv) —(CHj′Xk′)hCHjXk; wherein X is halogen, the index j is an integer from 0 to 2, j+k=3, the index j′ is an integer from 0 to 2, j′+k′=2, the index h is from 0 to 6; for example, —CH2F, —CHF2, —CF3, —CH2CF3, —CHFCF3, —CCl3, or —CBr3;
      • xv) —(CR21aR21b)zSR20; —SH, —CH2SH, —SCH3, —CH2SCH3, —SC6H5, and —CH2SC6H5;
      • xvi) —(CR21aR21b)zSO2R20; for example, —SO2H, —CH2SO2H, —SO2CH3, —CH2SO2CH3, —SO2C6H5, and —CH2SO2C6H5; and
      • xvii) —(CR21aR21b)zSO3R20; for example, —SO3H, —CH2SO3H, —SO3CH3, —CH2SO3CH3, —SO3C6H5, and —CH2SO3C6H5;
        wherein each R20 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear, C3-C4 branched, or C3-C4 cyclic alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl; or two R20 units can be taken together to form a ring comprising 3-7 atoms; R21a and R21b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl; the index p is from 0 to 4.
  • One example of R units includes compounds wherein R units have the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00017
  • wherein R3 is hydrogen and R2 is a unit chosen from methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), and tert-butyl (C4).
  • Another example of R units includes compounds wherein R2 is a unit chosen from methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), and tert-butyl (C4); and R3 is a unit chosen from methyl (C1) or ethyl (C2). Non-limiting examples of this aspect of R includes 4,5-dimethylimidazol-2-yl, 4-ethyl-5-methylimidazol-2-yl, 4-methyl-5-ethylimidazol-2-yl, and 4,5-diethylimidazol-2-yl.
  • An example of R units includes compounds wherein R3 is hydrogen and R2 is a substituted alkyl unit chosen, said substitutions chosen from:
      • i) halogen: —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;
      • ii) —N(R11)2; and
      • iii) —OR11;
        wherein each R11 is independently hydrogen or C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl.
  • Non-limiting examples of units comprising this embodiment of R includes: —CH2F, —CHF2, —CF3, —CH2CF3, —CH2Cl, —CH2OH, —CH2OCH3, —CH2CH2OH, —CH2CH2OCH3, —CH2NH2, —CH2NHCH3, —CH2N(CH3)2, and —CH2NH(CH2CH3).
  • A yet further example of R units include units wherein R3 is hydrogen and R2 is phenyl.
  • A still further example of R units include units wherein R3 is hydrogen and R2 is a heteroaryl unit chosen from 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, [1,2,3]triazol-4-yl, [1,2,3]triazol-5-yl, [1,2,4]triazol-4-yl, [1,2,4]triazol-5-yl, imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrrol-3-yl, oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-4-yl, isoxazol-5-yl, [1,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl, [1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl, [1,3,4]oxadiazol-2-yl, furan-2-yl, furan-3-yl, thiophen-2-yl, thiophen-3-yl, isothiazol-3-yl, isothiazol-4-yl, isothiazol-5-yl, thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, [1,2,4]thiadiazol-3-yl, [1,2,4]thiadiazol-5-yl, and [1,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl.
    • Z Units
  • Z is a unit having the formula:

  • -(L)n-R1
  • R1 is chosen from:
      • i) hydrogen;
      • ii) hydroxyl;
      • iii) amino;
      • iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl;
      • v) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched or C3-C6r cyclic alkoxy;
      • vi) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl;
      • vii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic rings; or
      • viii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl rings.
  • The following are non-limiting examples of units that can substitute for one or more hydrogen atoms on the R1 units. The following substituents, as well as others not herein described, are each independently chosen:
      • i) C1-C12 linear, C3-C12 branched, or C3-C12 cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl; methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), ethenyl (C2), ethynyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), cyclopropyl (C3), 3-propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C3), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C3), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C3), propyn-1-yl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), cyclobutyl (C4), buten-4-yl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C6);
      • ii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl; for example, phenyl, naphthyl (also referred to herein as naphthylen-1-yl (C10) or naphthylen-2-yl (C10));
      • iii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 alkylenearyl; for example, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, naphthylen-2-ylmethyl;
      • iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic rings; as described herein;
      • v) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl rings; as described herein;
      • vi) —(CR31aR31b)qOR30; for example, —OH, —CH2OH, —OCH3, —CH2OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —CH2OCH2CH3, —OCH2CH2CH3, and —CH2OCH2CH2CH3;
      • vii) —(CR31aR31b)qC(O)R30; for example, —COCH3, —CH2COCH3, —COCH2CH3, —CH2COCH2CH3, —COCH2CH2CH3, and —CH2COCH2CH2CH3;
      • viii) —(CR31aR31b)qC(O)OR30; for example, —CO2CH3, —CH2CO2CH3, —CO2CH2CH3, —CH2CO2CH2CH3, —CO2CH2CH2CH3, and —CH2CO2CH2CH2CH3;
      • xiii) —(CR31aR31b)qC(O)N(R30)2; for example, —CONH2, —CH2CONH2, —CONHCH3, —CH2CONHCH3, —CON(CH3)2, and —CH2CON(CH3)2;
      • x) —(CR31aR31b)qN(R30)2; for example, —NH2, —CH2NH2, —NHCH3, —CH2NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, and —CH2N(CH3)2;
      • xi) halogen; —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;
      • xii) —(CR31aR31b)qCN;
      • xiii) —(CR31aR31b)qNO2;
      • xiv) —(CHj′Xk′)hCHjXk; wherein X is halogen, the index j is an integer from 0 to 2, j+k=3, the index j′ is an integer from 0 to 2, j′+k′=2, the index h is from 0 to 6; for example, —CH2F, —CHF2, —CF3, —CH2CF3, —CHFCF3, —CCl3, or —CBr3;
      • xv) —(CR31aR31b)qSR30; —SH, —CH2SH, —SCH3, —CH2SCH3, —SC6H5, and —CH2SC6H5;
      • xvi) —(CR31aR31b)qSO2R30; for example, —SO2H, —CH2SO2H, —SO2CH3, —CH2SO2CH3, —SO2C6H5, and —CH2SO2C6H5; and
      • xvii) —(CR31aR31b)qSO3R30; for example, —SO3H, —CH2SO3H, —SO3CH3, —CH2SO3CH3, —SO3C6H5, and —CH2SO3C6H5;
        wherein each R30 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl; or two R30 units can be taken together to form a ring comprising 3-7 atoms; R31a and R31b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl; the index q is from 0 to 4.
  • One example of R1 units includes substituted or unsubstituted phenyl (C6 aryl) units, wherein each substitution is independently chosen from: halogen, C1-C4 linear, branched alkyl, or cyclic alkyl, —OR11, —CN, —N(R11)2, —CO2R11, —C(O)N(R11)2, —NR11C(O)R11, —NO2, and —SO2R11; each R11 is independently hydrogen; substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 linear, C3-C4 branched, C3-C4 cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl; substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or benzyl; or two R11 units can be taken together to form a ring comprising from 3-7 atoms.
  • Another example of R1 units includes substituted C6 aryl units chosen from phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,3-difluorophenyl, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2,3-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, and 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl.
  • A further example of R1 units includes substituted or unsubstituted C6 aryl units chosen from 2,4-difluorophenyl, 2,5-difluorophenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl, 2,3,4-trifluorophenyl, 2,3,5-trifluorophenyl, 2,3,6-trifluorophenyl, 2,4,5-trifluorophenyl, 2,4,6-trifluorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,3,4-trichlorophenyl, 2,3,5-trichlorophenyl, 2,3,6-trichlorophenyl, 2,4,5-trichlorophenyl, 3,4,5-trichlorophenyl, and 2,4,6-trichlorophenyl.
  • A yet further example of R1 units includes substituted C6 aryl units chosen from 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 2,3-dimethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,3,4-trimethylphenyl, 2,3,5-trimethylphenyl, 2,3,6-trimethylphenyl, 2,4,5-trimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2-ethylphenyl, 3-ethylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 2,3-diethylphenyl, 2,4-diethylphenyl, 2,5-diethylphenyl, 2,6-diethylphenyl, 3,4-diethylphenyl, 2,3,4-triethylphenyl, 2,3,5-triethylphenyl, 2,3,6-triethylphenyl, 2,4,5-triethylphenyl, 2,4,6-triethylphenyl, 2-isopropylphenyl, 3-isopropylphenyl, and 4-isopropylphenyl.
  • Another still further example of R1 units includes substituted C6 aryl units chosen from 2-aminophenyl, 2-(N-methylamino)phenyl, 2-(N,N-dimethylamino)phenyl, 2-(N-ethylamino)phenyl, 2-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl, 3-aminophenyl, 3-(N-methylamino)phenyl, 3-(N,N-dimethylamino)phenyl, 3-(N-ethylamino)phenyl, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-(N-methylamino)phenyl, 4-(N,N-dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-(N-ethylamino)phenyl, and 4-(N,N-diethylamino)phenyl.
  • R1 can comprise heteroaryl units. Non-limiting examples of C1-C9 heteroaryl units include:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00018
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00019
  • R1 heteroaryl units can be substituted or unsubstituted. Non-limiting examples of units that can substitute for hydrogen include units chosen from:
      • i) C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, and C3-C6 cyclic alkyl;
      • ii) substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and benzyl;
      • iii) substituted of unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl;
      • iv) —C(O)R9; and
      • v) —NHC(O)R9;
        wherein R9 is C1-C6 linear and branched alkyl; C1-C6 linear and C3-C6 branched alkoxy; or —NHCH2C(O)R10; R10 is chosen from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, and tert-butyl.
  • An example of R1 relates to units substituted by an alkyl unit chosen from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
  • Another example of R1 includes units that are substituted by substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl and benzyl substitutions are chosen from one or more:
      • i) halogen;
      • ii) C1-C3 alkyl;
      • iii) C1-C3 alkoxy;
      • iv) —CO2R11; and
      • v) —NHCOR16;
        wherein R11 and R16 are each independently hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl.
  • Another example of R1 relates to phenyl and benzyl units substituted by a carboxy unit having the formula —C(O)R9; R9 is chosen from methyl, methoxy, ethyl, and ethoxy.
  • A further example of R1 includes phenyl and benzyl units substituted by an amide unit having the formula —NHC(O)R9; R9 is chosen from methyl, methoxy, ethyl, ethoxy, tert-butyl, and tert-butoxy.
  • A yet further example of R1 includes phenyl and benzyl units substituted by one or more fluoro or chloro units.
    • L Units
  • L is a linking unit which is present when the index n is equal to 1, but is absent when the index n is equal to 0. L units have the formula:

  • -[Q]y[C(R5aR5b)]x[Q1]z[C(R6aR6b)]w—
  • wherein Q and Q1 are each independently:
      • i) —C(O)—;
      • ii) —NH—;
      • iii) —C(O)NH—;
      • iv) —NHC(O)—;
      • v) —NHC(O)NH—;
      • vi) —NHC(O)O—;
      • vii) —C(O)O—;
      • viii) —C(O)NHC(O)—;
      • ix) —O—;
      • x) —S—;
      • xi) —SO2—;
      • xii) —C(═NH)—;
      • xiii) —C(═NH)NH—;
      • xiv) —NHC(═NH)—; or
      • xv) —NHC(═NH)NH—.
        When the index y is equal to 1, Q is present. When the index y is equal to 0, Q is absent. When the index z is equal to 1, Q1 is present. When the index z is equal to 0, Q1 is absent.
  • R5a and R5b are each independently:
      • i) hydrogen;
      • ii) hydroxy;
      • iii) halogen;
      • iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear or C3-C6 branched alkyl; or
      • v) a unit having the formula:

  • —[C(R7aR7b)]tR8
  • wherein R7a and R7b are each independently:
      • i) hydrogen; or
      • ii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl.
    R8 is:
      • i) hydrogen;
      • ii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl;
      • iii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl;
      • iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl; or
      • v) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic.
        R6a and R6b are each independently:
      • i) hydrogen; or
      • ii) C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl.
        The indices t, w and x are each independently from 0 to 4.
  • The following are non-limiting examples of units that can substitute for one or more hydrogen atoms on R5a, R5b, R7a, R7b, and R8 units. The following substituents, as well as others not herein described, are each independently chosen:
      • i) C1-C12 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl; methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), ethenyl (C2), ethynyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), iso-propyl (C3), cyclopropyl (C3), 3-propenyl (C3), 1-propenyl (also 2-methylethenyl) (C3), isopropenyl (also 2-methylethen-2-yl) (C3), prop-2-ynyl (also propargyl) (C3), propyn-1-yl (C3), n-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), cyclobutyl (C4), buten-4-yl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C6);
      • ii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl; for example, phenyl, naphthyl (also referred to herein as naphthylen-1-yl (C10) or naphthylen-2-yl (C10));
      • iii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 alkylenearyl; for example, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, naphthylen-2-ylmethyl;
      • iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic rings; as described herein below;
      • v) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl rings; as described herein below;
      • vi) —(CR41aR41b)rOR40; for example, —OH, —CH2OH, —OCH3, —CH2OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —CH2OCH2CH3, —OCH2CH2CH3, and —CH2OCH2CH2CH3;
      • vii) —(CR41aR41b)rC(O)R40; for example, —COCH3, —CH2COCH3, —COCH2CH3, —CH2COCH2CH3, —COCH2CH2CH3, and —CH2COCH2CH2CH3;
      • viii) —(CR41aR41b)rC(O)OR40; for example, —CO2CH3, —CH2CO2CH3, CO2CH2CH3, —CH2CO2CH2CH3, —CO2CH2CH2CH3, and CH2CO2CH2CH2CH3;
      • xiv) —(CR41aR41b)rC(O)N(R40)2; for example, —CONH2, —CH2CONH2, —CONHCH3, —CH2CONHCH3, —CON(CH3)2, and —CH2CON(CH3)2;
      • x) —(CR41aR41b)rN(R40)2; for example, —NH2, —CH2NH2, —NHCH3, —CH2NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, and —CH2N(CH3)2;
      • xi) halogen; —F, —Cl, —Br, and —I;
      • xii) —(CR41aR41b)rCN;
      • xiii) —(CR41aR41b)rNO2;
      • xiv) —(CHj′Xk′)hCHjXk; wherein X is halogen, the index j is an integer from 0 to 2, j+k=3, the index j′ is an integer from 0 to 2, j′+k′=2, the index h is from 0 to 6; for example, —CH2F, —CHF2, —CF3, —CH2CF3, —CHFCF3, —CCl3, or —CBr3;
      • xv) —(CR41aR41b)rSR40; —SH, —CH2SH, —SCH3, —CH2SCH3, —SC6H5, and —CH2SC6H5;
      • xvi) —(CR41aR41b)rSO2R40; for example, —SO2H, —CH2SO2H, —SO2CH3, —CH2SO2CH3, —SO2C6H5, and —CH2SO2C6H5; and
      • xvii) —(CR41aR41b)rSO3R40; for example, —SO3H, —CH2SO3H, —SO3CH3, —CH2SO3CH3, —SO3C6H5, and —CH2SO3C6H5;
        wherein each R40 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl; or two R40 units can be taken together to form a ring comprising 3-7 atoms; R41a and R41b are each independently hydrogen or C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl; the index r is from 0 to 4.
  • One aspect of L units relates to units having the formula:

  • —C(O)[C(R5aR5b)]xNHC(O)—
  • wherein R5a is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and the index x is 1 or 2. One embodiment relates to linking units having the formula:
      • i) —C(O) [C(R5aH)]NHC(O)O—;
      • ii) —C(O) [C(R5aH)][CH2]NHC(O)O—;
      • ii) —C(O)[CH2][C(R5aH)]NHC(O)O—;
      • iv) —C(O) [C(R5aH)]NHC(O)—;
      • v) —C(O)[C(R5aH)][CH2]NHC(O)—; or
      • vi) —C(O)[CH2][C(R5aH)]NHC(O)—;
  • wherein R5a is:
      • i) hydrogen;
      • ii) methyl;
      • iii) ethyl;
      • iv) isopropyl;
      • v) phenyl;
      • vi) benzyl;
      • vii) 4-hydroxybenzyl;
      • viii) hydroxymethyl; or
      • ix) 1-hydroxyethyl.
        When the index x is equal to 1, this embodiment provides the following non-limiting examples of L units:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00020
  • When the index x is equal to 2, this embodiment provides the following non-limiting examples of L units:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00021
  • Another embodiment of L units includes units wherein Q is —C(O)—, the indices x and z are equal to 0, w is equal to 1 or 2, a first R6a unit chosen from phenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2,3-difluorophenyl, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2,3-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, and 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl; a second R6a unit is hydrogen and R6b units are hydrogen. For example a linking unit having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00022
  • A further example of this embodiment of L includes a first R6a unit as depicted herein above that is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl unit as described herein above.
  • A yet further example of this embodiment of L includes units having the formula:

  • —C(O)[C(R6aR6b)]w—;
  • wherein R6a and R6b are hydrogen and the index w is equal to 1 or 2; said units chosen from:
      • i) —C(O)CH2—; and
      • ii) —C(O)CH2CH2—.
  • Another embodiment of L units includes units having the formula:

  • —C(O)[C(R5aR5b)]xC(O)—;
  • wherein R5a and R5b are hydrogen and the index x is equal to 1 or 2; said units chosen from:
      • i) —C(O)CH2C(O)—; and
      • ii) —C(O)CH2CH2C(O)—.
  • A still further embodiment of L units includes units having the formula:

  • —C(O)NH[C(R5aR5b)]x—;
  • wherein R5a and R5b are hydrogen and the index w is equal to 0, 1 or 2; said units chosen from:
      • ii) —C(O)NH—;
      • ii) —C(O)NHCH2—; and
      • iii) —C(O)NHCH2CH2—.
  • A yet still further example of L units includes units having the formula:

  • —SO2[C(R6aR6b)]w—,
  • wherein R8a and R8b are hydrogen or methyl and the index w is equal to 0, 1 or 2; said units chosen from:
      • i) —SO2—;
      • ii) —SO2CH2—; and
      • iii) —SO2CH2CH2—.
  • The disclosed compounds (analogs) are arranged into several Categories to assist the formulator in applying a rational synthetic strategy for the preparation of analogs which are not expressly exampled herein. The arrangement into categories does not imply increased or decreased efficacy for any of the compositions of matter described herein.
  • A described herein above the disclosed compounds include all pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms. A compound having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00023
  • can form salts, for example, a salt of the sulfamic acid:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00024
  • The compounds can also exist in a zwitterionic form, for example:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00025
  • as a salt of a strong acid, for example:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00026
  • The first aspect of Category I of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00027
  • one embodiment of which relates to inhibitors having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00028
  • wherein R units are thiazol-2-yl units, that when substituted, are substituted with R2 and R3 units. R and R5a units are further described in Table I.
  • TABLE I
    No. R R5a
    A1 thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A2 4-methylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A3 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A4 4-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A5 4-iso-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A6 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A7 4-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A8 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A9 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A10 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A11 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A12 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A13 4-(methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A14 4-(carboxylic acid ethyl ester)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A15 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A16 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A17 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A18 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A19 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A20 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A21 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A22 4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A23 4-(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A24 5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    A25 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
  • The compounds encompassed within the first aspect of Category I of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme I and described in Example 1 herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00029
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00030
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00031
    • Example 1 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic Acid (5)
  • Preparation of [1-(S)-carbamoyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1): To a 0° C. solution of 2-(S)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-propionic acid and N-methylmorpholine (1.1 mL, 9.65 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) is added dropwise iso-butyl chloroformate (1.25 mL, 9.65 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes after which NH3 (g) is passed through the reaction mixture for 30 minutes at 0° C. The reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue dissolved in EtOAc, washed successively with 5% citric acid, water, 5% NaHCO3, water and brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to a residue that is triturated with a mixture of EtOAc/petroleum ether to provide 2.2 g (74%) of the desired product as a white solid.
  • Preparation of [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(S)-thiocarbamoylethyl]carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (2): To a solution of [1-(S)-carbamoyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 1, (0.400 g, 1.29 mmol) in THF (10 mL) is added Lawesson's reagent (0.262 g. 0.65 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred for 3 hours and concentrated to a residue which is purified over silica to provide 0.350 g (83%) of the desired product. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d. J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.70 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.11-3.30 (m, 1H), 1.21 (s, 9H).
  • Preparation of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine (3): A mixture of [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(S)-thiocarbamoylethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 2, (0.245 g, 0.753 mmol), 1-bromo-2-butanone (0.125 g, 0.828 mmol) in CH3CN (5 mL) is refluxed 3 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to the solution and the precipitate which forms is removed by filtration. The solid is dried under vacuum to afford 0.242 g (90% yield) of the desired product. ESI+ MS 278 (M+1).
  • Preparation of {1-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-2-phenylethyl} carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (4): To a solution of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.393 g, 1.1 mmol), (S)-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropionic acid (0.220 g, 0.828 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.127 g, 0.828 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 0° C., is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.159 g, 0.828 mmol) followed by diisopropylamine (0.204 g, 1.58 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.345 g of the desired product which is used without further purification. LC/MS ESI+ 525 (M+1).
  • Preparation of 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid ammonium salt (5): {1-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-2-phenylethyl} carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 4, (0.345 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 2 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.314 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH (50 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.222 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.50-6.72 (m, 10H), 5.44-5.42 (d, 1H, J=6.0 Hz), 4.34 (s, 1H), 3.34-2.79 (m, 4H), 2.83-2.76 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.40 (s, 9H), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • The disclosed inhibitors can also be isolated as the free acid. A non-limiting example of this procedure is described herein below in Example 4.
  • The following is a non-limiting example of compounds encompassed within this embodiment of the first aspect of Category I of the present disclosure.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00032
  • 4-{(S)-2-[(R)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.22-7.02 (m, 10H), 5.39 (s, 1H), 4.34 (s, 1H), 3.24-2.68 (m, 6H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 1.30 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • Another embodiment of this aspect of Category I relates to inhibitors having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00033
  • wherein R units and R5a units further described in Table II.
  • TABLE II
    No. R R5a
    B26 thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B27 4-methylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B28 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B29 4-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B30 4-iso-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B31 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B32 4-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B33 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B34 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B35 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B36 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B37 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B38 4-(methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B39 4-(carboxylic acid ethyl ester)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B40 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B41 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B42 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B43 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B44 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B45 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B46 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B47 4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B48 4-(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B49 5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    B50 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
  • The compounds of this embodiment can be prepared according to the procedure outlined above in Scheme I and described in Example 1 by substituting the appropriate Boc-β-amino acid for (S)-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropionic acid in step (d).
  • The following are non-limiting examples of compounds according to this embodiment.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00034
  • {1-[1-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-(S)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-(S)-2-phenylethyl}methyl carbamic acid tert-butyl ester: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.36 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.04-7.22 (m, 9H), 5.45 (s, 1H), 3.01-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.88 (m, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.30 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00035
  • {1-[1-(4-Phenylthiazol-2-yl)-(S)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethylcarbamoyl]-(S)-2-phenylethyl}methyl carbamic acid tert-butyl ester: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.20 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.96-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.00-7.23 (m, 7H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 5.28 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.09-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.34 (dd, J=13.2 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=13.2 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H).
  • The second aspect of Category I of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-4-yl having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00036
  • one embodiment of which relates to inhibitors having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00037
  • wherein R units and R5a units further described in Table III.
  • TABLE III
    No. R R5a
    C51 thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C52 2-methylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C53 2-ethylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C54 2-propylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C55 2-iso-propylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C56 2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C57 2-butylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C58 2-tert-butylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C59 2-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C60 2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C61 2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C62 2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C63 2-phenylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C64 2-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C65 2-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C66 2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C67 2-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C68 2-(3-chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C69 2-(3-methylthiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C70 2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C71 2-(furan-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C72 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C73 2-[(2-methyl)pyridin-5-yl]thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C74 2-(4-chlorobenzenesulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    C75 2-(tert-butylsulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
  • The compounds encompassed within the second aspect of Category I of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme II and described in Example 2 herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00038
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00039
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00040
    • Example 2 4-{(S)-2-(S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)}phenylsulfamic Acid (9)
  • Preparation of (S)-[3-diazo-1-(4-nitrobenzyl)-2-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (6): To a 0° C. solution of 2-(S)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-propionic acid (1.20 g, 4.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is added dropwise triethylamine (0.61 mL, 4.4 mmol) followed by iso-butyl chloroformate (0.57 mL, 4.4 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes and filtered. The filtrate is treated with an ether solution of diazomethane (˜16 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours then concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue is dissolved in EtOAc and washed successively with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified over silica (hexane/EtOAc 2:1) to afford 1.1 g (82% yield) of the desired product as a slightly yellow solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.16 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.39 (s, 1H), 5.16 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (s, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.6, 1H), 3.06 (dd, J=13.5 and 6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.41 (s, 9H).
  • Preparation of (S)-tert-butyl 4-bromo-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (7): To a 0° C. solution of (S)-[3-diazo-1-(4-nitrobenzyl)-2-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 6, (0.350 g, 1.04 mmol) in THF (5 mL) is added dropwise 48% aq. HBr (0.14 mL, 1.25 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 hours then the reaction is quenched at 0° C. with sat. Na2CO3. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL) and the combined organic extracts are washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated to obtain 0.400 g of the product which is used in the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.20 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.06 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.80 (q, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (s, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H).
  • Preparation of tert-butyl (S)-1-(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethylamino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylcarbamate (8): A mixture of thiobenzamide (0.117 g, 0.85 mmol) and (S)-tert-butyl 4-bromo-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate, 7, (0.300 g, 0.77 mmol) in CH3CN (4 mL) is refluxed 2 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to precipitate the intermediate 2-(nitrophenyl)-(S)-1-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethylamine which is isolated by filtration as the hydrobromide salt. The hydrobromide salt is dissolved in DMF (3 mL) together with diisopropylethylamine (0.42 mL, 2.31 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.118 g, 0.79 mmol) and (S)-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropionic acid (0.212 g, 0.80 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.395 g (90% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. LC/MS ESI+ 573 (M+1).
  • Preparation of 4-{(S)-2-(S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropaneamido-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)}phenylsulfamic acid (9): tert-butyl (S)-1-(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethylamino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylcarbamate, 8, (0.360 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 12 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.296 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH (10 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.050 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.20 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.96-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.00-7.23 (m, 7H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 5.28 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.09-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.34 (dd, J=13.2 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=13.2 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H).
  • The first aspect of Category II of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-4-yl unit having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00041
  • one embodiment of which relates to inhibitors having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00042
  • wherein R units are thiazol-4-yl units, that when substituted, are substituted with R4 units. R and R5a units are further described in Table IV.
  • TABLE IV
    No. R R5a
    D76 thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D77 2-methylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D78 2-ethylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D79 2-propylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D80 2-iso-propylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D81 2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D82 2-butylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D83 2-tert-butylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D84 2-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D85 2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D86 2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D87 2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D88 2-phenylthiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D89 2-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D90 2-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D91 2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D92 2-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D93 2-(3-chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D94 2-(3-methylthiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D95 2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D96 2-(furan-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D97 2-(pyrazin-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D98 2-[(2-methyl)pyridin-5-yl]thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D99 2-(4-chlorobenzenesulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
    D100 2-(tert-butylsulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl (S)-benzyl
  • The compounds encompassed within the second aspect of Category II of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme III and described in Example 3 herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00043
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00044
    • Example 3 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyl}phenylsulfamic Acid (13)
  • Preparation of methyl (S)-1-[(S)-1-(2-ethylthiazole-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethyl]amino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropane-2-ylcarbamate (12): A mixture of propanethioamide (69 mg, 0.78 mmol) and (S)-tert-butyl 4-bromo-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate, 7, (0.300 g, 0.77 mmol) in CH3CN (4 mL) is refluxed for 2 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to precipitate the intermediate 2-(nitrophenyl)-(S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethylamine which is isolated by filtration as the hydrobromide salt. The hydrobromide salt is dissolved in DMF (8 mL) together with diisopropylethylamine (0.38 mL, 2.13 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (107 mg, 0.71 mmol) and (S)-(2-methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropionic acid (175 mg, 0.78 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.300 g (81% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. LC/MS ESI+ MS 483 (M+1).
  • Preparation of 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid ammonium salt (13): tert-Butyl (S)-1-(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-ethylthiazole-4-yl)ethylamino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylcarbamate, 12, (0.300 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (223 mg, 1.40 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH (12 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 25 mg of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.14-7.24 (m, 6H), 6.97-7.0 (m, 4H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 5.10-5.30 (m, 1H), 4.36 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.14 (dd, J=13.5 and 6.3 Hz, 1H), 2.93-3.07 (m, 5H), 2.81 (dd, J=13.5 and 6.3 HZ, 1H), 1.39 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 3H).
  • In another iteration of the process of the present disclosure, compound 13, as well as the other analogs which comprise the present disclosure, can be isolated as the free acid by adapting the procedure described herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00045
    • Example 4 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyl)phenylsulfamic Acid [Free Acid Form] (13)
  • Preparation of {1-[2-(S)-(4-(S)-aminophenyl)-1-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl-carbamoyl]-2-phenylethyl}-carbamic acid methyl ester (12a): A Parr hydrogenation vessel is charged with tert-butyl (S)-1-(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-ethylthiazole-4-yl)ethylamino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylcarbamate, 12, (18.05 g, 37.4 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd/C (10% Pd on C, 50% wet, Degussa-type E101 NE/W, 2.68 g, 15 wt %) as solids. MeOH (270 mL, 15 mL/g) is added to provide a suspension. The vessel is put on a Parr hydrogenation apparatus. The vessel is submitted to a fill/vacuum evacuate process with N2 (3×20 psi) to inert, followed by the same procedure with H2 (3×40 psi). The vessel is filled with H2 and the vessel is shaken under 40 psi H2 for ˜40 hr. The vessel is evacuated and the atmosphere is purged with N2 (5×20 psi). An aliquot is filtered and analyzed by HPLC to insure complete conversion. The suspension is filtered through a pad of celite to remove the catalyst, and the homogeneous yellow filtrate is concentrated by rotary evaporation to afford 16.06 g (95% yield) of the desired product as a tan solid, which is used without further purification.
  • Preparation of 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl) ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (13): A 100 mL RBF is charged with {1-[2-(S)-(4-(S)-aminophenyl)-1-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl-carbamoyl]-2-phenylethyl}-carbamic acid methyl ester, 12a, (10.36 g, 22.9 mmol, 1.0 eq.) prepared in the step described herein above. Acetonitrile (50 mL, 5 mL/g) is added and the yellow suspension is stirred at room temperature. A second 3-necked 500 mL RBF is charged with SO3.pyr (5.13 g, 32.2 mmol, 1.4 eq.) and acetonitrile (50 mL 5 mL/g) and the white suspension is stirred at room temperature. Both suspensions are gently heated until the reaction solution containing {1-[2-(S)-(4-(S)-aminophenyl)-1-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl-carbamoyl]-2-phenylethyl}-carbamic acid methyl ester becomes red-orange in color (typically for this example about 44° C.). This substrate containing solution is poured in one portion into the stirring suspension of SO3.pyr at 35° C. The resulting opaque mixture (39° C.) is stirred vigorously while allowed to slowly cool to room temperature. After stirring for 45 min, the reaction is determined to be complete by HPLC. H2O (200 mL, 20 mL/g) is added to the orange suspension to provide a yellow-orange homogeneous solution having a pH of approximately 2.4. Concentrated H3PO4 is added slowly over 12 minutes to lower the pH to approximately 1.4. During this pH adjustment, an off-white precipitate is formed and the solution is stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The suspension is filtered and the filter cake is washed with the filtrate. The filter cake is air-dried on the filter overnight to afford 10.89 g (89% yield) of the desired product as a tan solid.
  • The following are further non-limiting examples of the second aspect of Category II of the present disclosure.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00046
  • 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.15 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.25 (m, 5H), 6.97-7.10 (m, 4H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 5.00-5.24 (m, 1H), 4.36 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 3.11-3.19 (s, 1H), 2.92-3.04 (s, 2H), 2.81 (dd, J=13.5 and 8.1 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00047
  • 4-{(S)-2-(2-Ethylthiazole-4-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.16-7.29 (m, 5H), 7.02-7.12 (m, 4H), 6.83 (s, 1H), 5.10-5.35 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.67 (m, 3H), 3.18-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.05 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.82-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 1.39 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00048
  • 4-{(S)-2-(2-Isopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.16 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.22-7.13 (m, 3H), 7.07 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.96 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 6.62 (s, 1H), 5.19 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.36 (t, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.08 (1H, A of ABX, J=3.6, 14.5 Hz), 2.99 (1H, B of ABX, J=7.2, 13.8 Hz), 2.85-2.78 (m, 1H), 1.41 (d, 6H, J=6.9 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00049
  • 4-{(S)-2-(2-Cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.15-7.02 (m, 5H), 6.96-6.93 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.86-6.83 (d, 2H, J=8.3 Hz), 6.39 (s, 1H), 5.01 (t, 1H, J=5.0 Hz), 4.22 (t, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 3.51 (s, 3H), 2.98-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.21 (m, 1H), 1.06-1.02 (m, 2H), 0.92-0.88 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00050
  • 4-{(S)-2-{2-[(4-Chlorophenylsulfonyl)methyl]thiazol-4-yl}-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.96-7.93 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 7.83-7.80 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 7.44-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.29-7.27 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.14-7.11 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.97 (s, 1H), 5.31 (t, 1H, J=6.8 Hz), 5.22-5.15 (m, 2H), 4.55 (t, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.20-2.96 (m, 4H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00051
  • 4-{(S)-2-[2-(tert-Butylsulfonylmethyl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl-amino)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.40-7.30 (m, 5H), 7.21-7.10 (m, 4H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.37 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 5.01-4.98 (m, 2H), 4.51 (t, 1H, J=7.1 Hz), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.34-2.91 (m, 4H), 1.58 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00052
  • 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropionamido]-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.96-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.56 (m, 3H), 7.13-7.38 (m, 6H), 6.92-6.95 (m, 4H), 5.11-5.16 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.39-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.09-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.92-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.75 (dd, J=10.5 Hz and 9.9 Hz, 1H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00053
  • 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.61-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.01 (m, 10H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 5.24-5.21 (q, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.38 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.23-3.14 (m, 1H), 3.08-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.80 (m, 1H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00054
  • 4-{(S)-2-[2-(3-Chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.78-7.76 (d, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 7.36-7.14 (m, 10H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 5.39 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 4.54 (t, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.39-2.98 (m, 4H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00055
  • 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(3-methylthiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.38 (d, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 7.15-6.93 (m, 10H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 5.17 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 4.31 (t, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.57 (s, 3H), 3.18-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.02-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.46 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00056
  • 4-{[(S)-2-(2-(Furan-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.54-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.02-6.79 (m, 10H), 6.55-6.51 (m, 1H), 6.44-6.41 (m, 1H), 5.02-5.00 (q, 1H, J=6.4 Hz), 4.16-4.14 (q, 1H, J=7.1 Hz), 3.43 (s, 3H), 2.96-2.58 (m, 4H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00057
  • 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(2-methylthiazole-4-yl)thiazole-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.27 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 6.99-7.21 (m, 8H), 5.18-5.30 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.39 (m, 1H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.20 (dd, J=14.1 and 6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.98-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.84 (dd, J=14.1 and 6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00058
  • 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[(2-pyrazin-2-yl)thiazole-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 2H), 8.34 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.00-5.16 (m. 9H), 5.30 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.23 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.98-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.85 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.9 Hz, 1H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00059
  • 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.19-8.13 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.36 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 7.07-6.88 (m, 9H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 5.17 (t, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 4.29 (t, 1H, J=7.4 Hz), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.10-2.73 (m, 4H), 2.53 (s, 3H).
  • Category III of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00060
  • one embodiment of which relates to inhibitors having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00061
  • wherein R units are thiazol-2-yl units, that when substituted, are substituted with R2 and R3 units. R and R5a units are further described in Table V.
  • TABLE V
    No. R R5a
    E101 thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E102 4-methylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E103 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E104 4-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E105 4-iso-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E106 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E107 4-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E108 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E109 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E110 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E111 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E112 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E113 4-(methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E114 4-(carboxylic acid ethyl ester)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E115 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E116 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E117 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E118 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E119 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E120 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E121 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E122 4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E123 4-(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E124 5,6-dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
    E125 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl (S)-benzyl
  • The compounds encompassed within Category III of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme IV and described in Example 5 herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00062
    • Example 5 4-[(S)-2-((S)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic Acid (15)
  • Preparation of (S)-2-acetamido-N—[(S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethyl]-3-phenylpropanamide (14): To a solution of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.343 g, 0.957 mmol), N-acetyl-L-phenylalanine (0.218 g), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.161 g), diisopropyl-ethylamine (0.26 g), in DMF (10 mL) at 0°, is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.201 g). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.313 g (70% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. LC/MS ESI+ 467 (M+1).
  • Preparation of 4-((S)-2-((S)-2-acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (15): (S)-2-Acetamido-N—[(S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-3-phenylpropanamide, 14, (0.313 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 2 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.320 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH (30 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.215 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.23-6.98 (m, 10H), 5.37 (t, 1H), 4.64 (t, 1H, J=6.3 Hz), 3.26-2.74 (m, 6H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 1.29 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • The following are further non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed within Category III of the present disclosure.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00063
  • 4-[(S)-2-((S)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-(4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.22-7.17 (m, 5H), 7.06 (dd, J=14.1, 8.4 Hz, 4H), 6.97 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (dd, J=8.4, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.33-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.00 (m, 3H), 2.80 (dd, J=13.5, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00064
  • 4-{(S)-2-((S)-2-Acetamido-3-phenylpropanamido)-2-[4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl]ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.58 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.83-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.28-6.93 (m, 11H), 5.54-5.43 (m, 1H), 4.69-4.55 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.14-3.06 (3H), 2.86-2.79 (m, 1H), 1.93 (s, 3H).
  • The first aspect of Category IV of the present disclosure relates to compounds wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00065
  • one embodiment of which relates to inhibitors having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00066
  • wherein R units and R5a units further described in Table VI.
  • TABLE VI
    No. R R5a
    F126 thiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    F127 4-methylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    F128 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    F129 4-propylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    F130 4-iso-propylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    F131 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    F132 4-butylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    F133 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    F134 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    F135 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    F136 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    F137 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    F138 thiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    F139 4-methylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    F140 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    F141 4-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    F142 4-iso-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    F143 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    F144 4-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    F145 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    F146 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    F147 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    F148 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    F149 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    F150 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
  • The compounds encompassed within Category IV of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme V and described in Example 6 herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00067
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00068
    • Example 6 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylbutanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic Acid (17)
  • Preparation of tert-butyl (S)-1-[(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethylamino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (16): To a solution of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.200 g, 0.558 mmol), (S)-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylbutyric acid (0.133 g) and 1-hydroxybenzo-triazole (HOBt) (0.094 g) in DMF (5 mL) at 0°, is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.118 g) followed by diisopropylamine (0.151 g). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.219 g (82% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. LC/MS ESI+ 477 (M+1).
  • Preparation of 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylbutanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (17): tert-Butyl (S)-1-[(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethylamino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate, 16, (0.219 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 2 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (5 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.146 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH (30 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.148 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.08 (s, 4H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.43 (s, 1H), 3.85 (s, 1H), 3.28-2.77 (m, 4H), 1.94 (s, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.29 (s, 3H, J=7.3 Hz), 0.83 (s, 6H).
  • The following are further non-limiting examples of the second aspect of Category IV of the present disclosure.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00069
  • (S)-4-{2-[2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)acetamide]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.09-6.91 (m, 5H), 5.30 (t, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 3.60-2.64 (m, 6H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.16 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00070
  • 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-4-methylpentanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.19-7.00 (m, 4H), 5.50-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.32 (1H, A of ABX, J=7.5, 18 Hz), 3.12 (1H, B of ABX, J=8.1, 13.8 Hz), 2.79 (q, 2H, J=7.8, 14.7 Hz), 1.70-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.33 (t, 3H, J=2.7 Hz), 0.92 (q, 6H, J=6, 10.8 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00071
  • 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-4-methylpentanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.06 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.61-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.15 (t, 1H, J=0.6 Hz), 7.09-6.98 (m, 6H), 5.30-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.13 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.33 (m, 10H), 0.95-0.89 (m, 6H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00072
  • (S)-4-{2-[2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)acetamide]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.09-6.91 (m, 5H), 5.30 (t, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 3.60-2.64 (m, 6H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.16 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • A further embodiment of Category IV relates to inhibitors having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00073
  • wherein R units and R5a units further described in Table VII.
  • TABLE VII
    No. R R5a
    G151 thiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    G152 4-methylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    G153 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    G154 4-propylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    G155 4-iso-propylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    G156 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    G157 4-butylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    G158 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    G159 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    G160 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    G161 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    G162 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl hydrogen
    G163 thiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    G164 4-methylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    G165 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    G166 4-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    G167 4-iso-propylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    G168 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    G169 4-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    G170 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    G171 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    G172 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    G173 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    G174 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
    G175 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl (S)-iso-propyl
  • The compounds encompassed within this embodiment of Category IV can be made according to the procedure outlined in Scheme V and described in Example 6 by substituting the corresponding methylcarbamate for the Boc-protected reagent. The following are non-limiting examples of this embodiment.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00074
  • 4-{(S)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.12-7.03 (m, 5H), 6.84 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 5.40 (t, 1H, J=5.7 Hz), 4.16 (t, 1H, J=6.3 Hz), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.61-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.14-3.07 (m, 1H), 2.81 (q, 2H, J=3.9, 11.2 Hz), 1.66-1.59 (m, 1H), 1.48-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=4.5 Hz), 0.96-0.90 (m, 6H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00075
  • (S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(methoxycarbonyl)acetamido]ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.12-7.07 (m, 4H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 5.42 (t, 1H, J=5.7 Hz), 3.83-3.68 (q, 2H, J=11.4 Hz), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.34-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.76 (q, 2H, J=7.8 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00076
  • 4-{(S)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-methylbutanamido]-ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.56 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.09 (s, 4H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 5.26-5.20 (m, 1H), 3.90 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.30 (1H, A of ABX, obscured by solvent), 3.08 (1H, B of ABX, J=9.9, 9 Hz), 2.79 (q, 2H, J=11.1, 7.2 Hz), 2.05-1.97 (m, 1H), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 0.88 (s, 3H), 0.85 (s, 3H), 0.79-0.75 (m, 1H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00077
  • 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(Methoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpentanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.22 (d, 1H, J=9 Hz), 7.62-7.57 (m, H), 7.15 (t, 1H, J=0.6 Hz), 7.10-6.97 (m, 4H), 5.30-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.16-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.22 (1H, A of ABX, J=6.9, 13.5 Hz), 3.11 (1H, B of ABX, J=7.8, 13.6 Hz), 1.65-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.45 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.88 (m, 6H).
  • Category IV of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00078
  • wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiophen-2-yl or thiophen-4-yl unit and non-limiting examples of R2 are further described in Table VIII.
  • TABLE VIII
    No. R R8
    H176 thiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H177 4-methylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H178 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H179 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H180 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H181 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H182 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H183 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H184 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H185 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H186 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H187 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H188 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H189 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H190 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H191 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H192 thiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H193 4-methylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H194 4-ethylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H195 4-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H196 4-tert-butylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H197 4-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H198 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H199 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H200 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H201 4,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H202 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H203 4-phenylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H204 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H205 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H206 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H207 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl —OC(CH3)3
    H208 thiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H209 4-methylthiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H210 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H211 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H212 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H213 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H214 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H215 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H216 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H217 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H218 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H219 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H220 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H221 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H222 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H223 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl —OCH3
    H224 thiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H225 4-methylthiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H226 4-ethylthiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H227 4-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H228 4-tert-butylthiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H229 4-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H230 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H231 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H232 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H233 4,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H234 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H235 4-phenylthiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H236 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H237 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H238 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H239 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl —OCH3
    H240 thiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H241 4-methylthiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H242 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H243 4-cyclopropylthiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H244 4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H245 4-cyclohexylthiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H246 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H247 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H248 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H249 4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H250 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H251 4-phenylthiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H252 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H253 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H254 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H255 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-2-yl —CH3
    H256 thiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H257 4-methylthiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H258 4-ethylthiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H259 4-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H260 4-tert-butylthiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H261 4-cyclohexylthiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H262 4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)thiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H263 4-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)thiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H264 4-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)thiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H265 4,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H266 4-methyl-5-ethylthiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H267 4-phenylthiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H268 4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H269 4-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)thiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H270 4-methyl-5-phenylthiazol-4-yl —CH3
    H271 4-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl —CH3
  • The compounds encompassed within Category IV of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in VI and described in Example 7 herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00079
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00080
    • Example 7 [1-(S)-(Phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethyl]-carbamic Acid tert-butyl Ester (19)
  • Preparation of [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(S)-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (18): A mixture of [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(S)-thiocarbamoylethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 2, (0.343 g, 1.05 mmol), 2-bromoacetophenone (0.231 g, 1.15 mmol), in CH3CN (5 mL) is refluxed 1.5 hour. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue re-dissolved in CH2Cl2 then pyridine (0.24 mL, 3.0 mmol) and Boc2O (0.24 mL, 1.1 mmol) are added. The reaction is stirred for 2 hours and diethyl ether is added to the solution and the precipitate which forms is removed by filtration. The organic layer is dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated to a residue which is purified over silica to afford 0.176 g (39%) of the desired product ESI+ MS 426 (M+1).
  • Preparation of [1-(S)-(phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (19): [2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(S)-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 18, (0.176 g, 0.41 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 12 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.195 g, 1.23 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH (10 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.080 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.93 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.37-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.18 (m, 3H), 5.13-5.18 (m, 1H), 3.40 (dd, J=4.5 and 15.0 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (dd, J=9.6 and 14.1 Hz, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H).
  • The following are further non-limiting examples of Category IV of the present disclosure.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00081
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-Methylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.31 (s, 4H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 5.61-5.56 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 1.31 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00082
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.92 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.14 (m, 4H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 5.38-5.46 (m, 1H), 3.3-3.4 (m, 1H), 3.08 (dd, J=10.2 and 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.30 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.13 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00083
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-(Hydroxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.92 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.00 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.29-5.37 (m, 1H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 3.30 (dd, J=4.8 and 13.5 Hz, 1H), 2.99 (dd, J=10.5 and 13.5 Hz, 1H), 0.93 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00084
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-(Ethoxycarbonyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (s, 4H), 5.41-5.49 (m, 1H), 4.41 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.43 (dd, J=5.1 and 13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (dd, J=5.7 and 9.9 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00085
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-Phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.94-8.01 (m, 3H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.20 (m, 3H), 5.48-5.55 (m, 1H), 3.50 (dd, J=5.1 and 14.1 Hz, 1H), 3.18 (dd, J=10.2 and 14.1 Hz, 1H), 1.17 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00086
  • 4-((S)-2-(4-(3-Methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.96-7.93 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.49 (d, 2H, J=7.9 Hz), 7.33 (t, 1H, J=8.0 Hz), 7.14 (s, 4H), 6.92-6.90 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 5.50 (t, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.13 (m, 2H), 1.15 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00087
  • 4-((S)-2-(4-(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.11-8.09 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.96-7.93 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.16 (m, 4H), 6.67-6.64 (d, 2H, J=9.0 Hz), 5.55-5.47 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.52-3.13 (m, 2H), 1.17 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00088
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-Benzylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.85 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.38-7.20 (m, 4H), 7.11-7.02 (m, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 5.42-5.37 (m, 1H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.13-3.08 (m, 2H), 1.13 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00089
  • (S)-4-(2-Pivalamido-2-(4-(thiophen-2-ylmethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.88-7.85 (d, 1H), 7.38-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.01 (m, 4H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.45-5.38 (m, 1H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.13-3.05 (m, 2H), 1.13 (2, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00090
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-(3-Methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.85 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.02 (m, 4H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.90-6.79 (m, 2H), 5.45-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.08 (m, 2H), 1.10 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00091
  • 4-((S)-2-(4-(2,3-Dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.40 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.19-7.15 (m, 4H), 6.91-6.88 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 5.51-5.46 (m, 1H), 4.30 (s, 4H), 3.51-3.12 (m, 2H), 1.16 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00092
  • (S)-4-(2-(5-Methyl-4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.63-7.60 (d, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 7.49-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.14 (s, 4H), 5.43-5.38 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.09 (m, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 1.14 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00093
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-(Biphen-4-yl)thiazol-2-yl)-2-pivalamidoethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.04-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.72-7.66 (m, 5H), 7.48-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.15 (s, 4H), 5.50 (t, 1H, J=5.0 Hz), 3.57-3.15 (d, 2H), 1.16 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00094
  • (S)-4-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-2-(2-methylthaizol-4-yl)-phenylsulfamic acid 1H NMR (300 MHz, D2O) δ 6.99-7.002 (m, 4H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 2.26 (dd, J=13.8 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (dd, J=13.8 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 9H)
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00095
  • (S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-propylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.18-7.02 (m, 5H), 5.06-5.03 (m, 1H), 3.26 (dd, J=13.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (dd, J=13.8, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (dd, J=15.0, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.81-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.40 (s, 7H), 1.33 (bs, 2H), 0.988 (t, J=7.5 Hz 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00096
  • (S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-(4-tert-butylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.12 (s, 4H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 5.11-5.06 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.96 (m, 1H), 1.42 (s, 8H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.32 (s, 1H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00097
  • (S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(methoxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.14-7.05 (m, 4H), 5.06 (dd, J=9.0, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 3.42 (s, 3H), 3.31-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.97 (dd, J=13.8, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 1.47-1.31 (m, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00098
  • (S)-4-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(2-hydroxymethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.22-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.15 (m, 4H), 5.00-5.09 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.87 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.23-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.98 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 1.41 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00099
  • (S)-4-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)-thiazole-2-yl)-ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.09-7.16 (m, 4H), 5.04-5.09 (m, 1H), 4.20 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.30 (dd, J=4.8 and 14.1 HZ, 1H), 2.97 (dd, J=9.6 Hz and 13.8 Hz, 1H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00100
  • (S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.01-7.16 (m, 4H), 5.04-5.09 (m, 1H), 4.01 (s, 2H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.29 (dd, J=5.1 and 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.99 (dd, J=9.3 and 13.8 Hz, 1H), 1.41 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00101
  • (S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(2-(pivaloyloxy)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, D2O) δ 6.95 (s, 4H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 2.94 (dd, J=13.5 and 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (dd, J=13.5 and 4.8 Hz, 1H), 1.16 (s, 9H), 1.13 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00102
  • (S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(5-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.14 (s, 4H), 5.09 (bs, 1H), 3.07-2.99 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00103
  • 4-((S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenyl sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.22-8.19 (m, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (s, 4H), 5.17-5.14 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.05 (dd, J=14.1, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00104
  • (S)-4-(2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-phenylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenyl sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.14 (s, 4H), 5.09 (bs, 1H), 3.07-2.99 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00105
  • (S,S)-2-(2-{2-[2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethyl]thiazol-4-yl}acetylamido)-3-phenylpropionic acid methyl ester: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 6.85-6.94 (m, 9H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 4.83 (s, 1H), 4.54-4.58 (m, 1H), 3.49 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 2H), 2.80-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.78 (m, 1H), 1.12 (s, 9H).
  • (S)-[1-{1-Oxo-4-[2-(1-phenyl-1H-tetrazol-5-sulfonyl)ethyl]-1H-1λ4-thiazol-2-yl}-2-(4-sulfamino-phenyl)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.22-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.62-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.20 (m, 5H), 5.25 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.36 (m, 1H), 4.11-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.44 (m, 4H), 2.84-2.90 (m, 1H), 1.33 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00106
  • 4-((S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(4-(thiophen-3-yl)thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenyl sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.84 (dd, J=3.0, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.47 (dd, J=4.8, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (s, 4H), 5.15-5.10 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.34 (m, 1H), 3.01 (dd, J=14.1, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (s, 8H), 1.32 (s, 1H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00107
  • (S)-4-(2-(Benzo[d]thiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.86-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.42 (t, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 7.33 (t, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 7.02 (s, 4H), 5.10-5.05 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.91 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 9H).
  • (S)-4-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)-phenylsulfamic acid 1H NMR (300 MHz, D2O) δ 6.99-7.002 (m, 4H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 2.26 (dd, J=13.8 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.76 (dd, J=13.8 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 9H).
  • The first aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-2-yl) compounds having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00108
  • wherein R1, R2, R3, and L are further defined herein in Table IX herein below.
  • TABLE IX
    No. L R1 R2 R3
    I272 —C(O)CH2— phenyl —CH3 —H
    I273 —C(O)CH2— 2-fluorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I274 —C(O)CH2— 3-fluorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I275 —C(O)CH2— 4-fluorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I276 —C(O)CH2— 2,3-difluorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I277 —C(O)CH2— 3,4-difluorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I278 —C(O)CH2— 3,5-difluorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I279 —C(O)CH2— 2-chlorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I280 —C(O)CH2— 3-chlorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I281 —C(O)CH2— 4-chlorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I282 —C(O)CH2— 2,3-dichlorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I283 —C(O)CH2— 3,4-dichlorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I284 —C(O)CH2— 3,5-dichlorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I285 —C(O)CH2— 2-hydroxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I286 —C(O)CH2— 3-hydroxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I287 —C(O)CH2— 4-hydroxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I288 —C(O)CH2— 2-methoxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I289 —C(O)CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I290 —C(O)CH2— 4-methoxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I291 —C(O)CH2— 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I292 —C(O)CH2— 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I293 —C(O)CH2— 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I294 —C(O)CH2— phenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I295 —C(O)CH2— 2-fluorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I296 —C(O)CH2— 3-fluorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I297 —C(O)CH2— 4-fluorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I298 —C(O)CH2— 2,3-difluorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I299 —C(O)CH2— 3,4-difluorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I300 —C(O)CH2— 3,5-difluorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I301 —C(O)CH2— 2-chlorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I302 —C(O)CH2— 3-chlorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I303 —C(O)CH2— 4-chlorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I304 —C(O)CH2— 2,3-dichlorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I305 —C(O)CH2— 3,4-dichlorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I306 —C(O)CH2— 3,5-dichlorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I307 —C(O)CH2— 2-hydroxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I308 —C(O)CH2— 3-hydroxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I309 —C(O)CH2— 4-hydroxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I310 —C(O)CH2— 2-methoxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I311 —C(O)CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I312 —C(O)CH2— 4-methoxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I313 —C(O)CH2— 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I314 —C(O)CH2— 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I315 —C(O)CH2— 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I316 —C(O)CH2CH2— phenyl —CH3 —H
    I317 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2-fluorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I318 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-fluorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I319 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-fluorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I320 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,3-difluorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I321 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3,4-difluorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I322 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3,5-difluorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I323 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2-chlorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I324 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-chlorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I325 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-chlorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I326 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,3-dichlorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I327 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3,4-dichlorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I328 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3,5-dichlorophenyl —CH3 —H
    I329 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2-hydroxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I330 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-hydroxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I331 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-hydroxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I332 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2-methoxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I333 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I334 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-methoxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I335 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I336 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I337 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl —CH3 —H
    I338 —C(O)CH2CH2— phenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I339 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2-fluorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I340 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-fluorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I341 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-fluorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I342 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,3-difluorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I343 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3,4-difluorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I344 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3,5-difluorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I345 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2-chlorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I346 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-chlorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I347 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-chlorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I348 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,3-dichlorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I349 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3,4-dichlorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I350 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3,5-dichlorophenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I351 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2-hydroxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I352 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-hydroxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I353 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-hydroxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I354 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2-methoxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I355 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I356 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-methoxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I357 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I358 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
    I359 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl —CH2CH3 —H
  • The compounds encompassed within the first aspect of Category V of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme VII and described in Example 8 herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00109
    • Example 8 {4-[2-(S)-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(2-phenylacetylamido)ethyl]phenyl}sulfamic Acid (21)
  • Preparation of N-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2-phenyl-acetamide (20): To a solution of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.393 g, 1.1 mmol), phenylacetic acid (0.190 g, 1.4 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.094 g, 0.70 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 0°, is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.268 g, 1.4 mmol) followed by triethylamine (0.60 mL, 4.2 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.260 g (60% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. ESI+ MS 396 (M+1).
  • Preparation of {4-[2-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(2-phenylacetylamido)ethyl]-phenyl}sulfamic acid (21): N-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2-phenyl-acetamide, 20, (0.260 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.177 g, 1.23). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH (10 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.136 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.60 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.33-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.00 (m, 6H), 5.44-5.41 (m, 1H), 3.28 (1H, A of ABX, obscured by solvent), 3.03 (1H, B of ABX, J=14.1, 9.6 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=10.5, 7.8 Hz) 1.31 (t, 3H, J=4.6 Hz).
  • The following are non-limiting examples of the first aspect of Category V of the present disclosure.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00110
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetamido)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.65 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.29-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.03 (m, 7H), 5.46-5.42 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.29 (1H), 3.04 (1H, B of ABX, J=13.8, 9.6 Hz), 2.81 (q, 2H, J=15.6, 3.9 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.8 Hz). 19F NMR (CD3OD) δ 43.64.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00111
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(2-(3-fluorophenyl)acetamido)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.74 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.32 (q, 1H, J=6.6, 14.2 Hz), 7.10-6.91 (m, 8H), 5.47-5.40 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 2H), 3.30 (1H), 3.11 (1H, B of ABX, J=9.6, 14.1 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=6.6, 15.1 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.8 Hz). 19F NMR δ 47.42.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00112
  • (S)-4-(2-(2-(2,3-Difluorophenyl)acetamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.16-7.05 (m, 5H), 6.85-6.80 (m, 1H), 5.48-5.43 (m, 1H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.38 (1H, A of ABX, obscured by solvent), 3.03 (1H), 2.80 (q, H, J=15.1, 7.8 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00113
  • (S)-4-(2-(2-(3,4-Difluorophenyl)acetamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.75 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.23-7.04 (m, 6H), 6.88-6.84 (m, 1H), 5.44-5.40 (m, 1H), 3.49 (s, 2H), 3.34 (1H), 3.02 (1H, B of ABX, J=14.1, 9.9 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=15.1, 7.8 Hz), 1.31 (t, 1H, J=7.5 Hz). 19F NMR (CD3OD) δ 22.18, 19.45.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00114
  • (S)-4-(2-(2-(2-Chlorophenyl)acetamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.39-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.15-6.98 (m, 5H), 5.49-5.44 (m, 1H), 3.69 (d, 2H, J=11.7 Hz), 3.32 (1H), 3.04 (1H, B of ABX, J=9.3, 13.9 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=7.8, 15.3 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00115
  • (S)-4-(2-(2-(3-Chlorophenyl)acetamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.33-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.13-7.03 (m, 5H), 5.43 (q, 1H, J=5.1, 9.6 Hz), 3.51 (s, 2H), 3.29 (1H), 3.03 (1H, B of ABX, J=9.9, 14.1 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=7.5, 15 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.8 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00116
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)acetamido)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.16-7.08 (m, 3H), 7.03-7.00 (m, 3H), 6.70-6.63 (m, 2H), 5.42-5.40 (m, 1H), 3.44 (s, 2H), 3.28 (1H, A of ABX, obscured by solvent), 3.04 (B of ABX, J=14.1, 9.6 Hz), 2.89 (q, 2H, J=15, 7.5 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00117
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(2-(2-methoxyphenyl)acetamido)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.00 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.26 (t, 1H, J=13.2 Hz), 7.09-7.05 (m, 4H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.91-6.89 (m, 4H), 5.44-5.39 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 3.26 (1H, A of ABX, J=14.1, 5.1 Hz), 3.06 (1H B of ABX, J=13.8, 8.4 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=8.1, 15.6 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=1.2 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00118
  • (S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(3-methoxyphenyl)acetamido]ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.58 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.21 (t, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.12-7.02 (m, 4H), 6.81 (s, 2H), 6.72 (d, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 5.45-5.40 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 3.29 (1H, A of ABX, obscured by solvent), 3.08 (1H, B of ABX, J=11.8, 5.1 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=15, 7.5 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=6.6 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00119
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(3-phenylpropanamido)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.56 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.25-6.98 (m, 9H), 5.43-5.38 (m, 1H), 3.26 (1H, A of ABX, J=14.1, 9.6 Hz), 2.97 (1H, B of ABX, J=10.9, 3 Hz), 2.58-2.76 (m, 3H), 2.98 (q, 2H, J=13.8, 7.2 Hz), 1.29 (t, 3H, J=8.7 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00120
  • (S)-4-(2-(2-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)acetamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.12-7.03 (m, 3H), 6.91 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.66 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 6.63 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 5.43 (m, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 3.30 (1H), 3.03 (1H, B of ABX, J=14.1, 9.6 Hz), 2.79 (q, 2H, J=15.1, 7.2 Hz), 1.30 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00121
  • (S)-4-(2-(2-(2,3-Dimethoxyphenyl)acetamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.31 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.11-6.93 (m, 6H), 6.68 (d, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 5.49-5.40 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 3.26 (1H, A of ABX, obscured by solvent), 3.06 (1H, B of ABX, J=13.9, 9 Hz), 2.80 (q, 2H, J=14.8, 7.5 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00122
  • (S)-4-(2-(3-(3-Chlorophenyl)propanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.27-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.13-7.08 (m, 5H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 5.39 (q, 1H, J=5.1, 9.4 Hz), 3.28 (1H, A of ABX, J=5.1, 14.1 Hz), 2.97 (1H, B of ABX, J=9.3, 13.9 Hz), 2.88-2.76 (m, 4H), 2.50 (t, 2H, J=8.1 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.8 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00123
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(3-(2-methoxyphenyl)propanamido)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.18-7.08 (m, 6H), 6.92 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 6.82 (t, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 5.40-5.35 (m, 1H), 3.25 (1H, A of ABX, J=15, 5.4 Hz), 3.00 (1H, B of ABX, J=10.5, 7.5 Hz), 2.88-2.76 (m, 4H), 2.47 (q, 2H, J=9.1, 6 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.8 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00124
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(3-(3-methoxyphenyl)propanamido)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.19-7.00 (m, 5H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 5.42-5.37 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.25 (1H, A of ABX, J=13.9, 5.4 Hz), 2.98 (1H, B of ABX, J=14.1, 9.6 Hz), 2.86-2.75 (m, 4H), 2.48 (q, 2H, J=11.7, 1.2 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00125
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(3-(4-methoxyphenyl)propanamido)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.13-6.99 (m, 7H), 6.82-6.78 (m, 2H), 5.42-5.37 (m, 1H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.23 (1H), 2.97 (1H, B of ABX, J=13.3, 11.4 Hz), 2.83-2.75 (m, 4H), 2.49 (q, 2H, J=6.4, 3.3 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00126
  • (S)-4-{2-[2-(4-Ethyl-2,3-dioxopiperazin-1-yl)acetamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.14 (s, 4H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 5.56-5.51 (m, 1H), 4.34 (d, 2H, J=16.2 Hz), 3.88 (d, 2H, J=17.6 Hz), 3.59-3.40 (m, 3H), 3.26-3.14 (m, 3H), 2.98 (1H, B of ABX, J=10.8, 13.9 Hz), 2.82 (q, 2H, J=6.9, 15 Hz), 1.32 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.21 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00127
  • (S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1 (2H)-yl)acetamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.06-7.02 (m, 4H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 5.42-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.18 (dd, 2H, J=16.5 Hz), 3.24-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.74-2.69 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 1.79 (s, 3H), 1.22 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00128
  • (S)-4-[2-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxole-5-carboxamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.25 (d, 1H, J=6.5 Hz), 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.06 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 7.00 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 6.91 (s, 1H), 6.76 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 5.90 (s, 2H), 5.48 (q, 1H, J=5.0 Hz), 3.32-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.07-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.72 (q, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 1.21 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00129
  • (S)-4-{2-[2-(2,5-Dimethylthiazol-4-yl)acetamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.10-7.01 (m, 5H), 5.41 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.58 (s, 2H), 3.33-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.75 (q, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 1.30 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00130
  • (S)-4-{2-[2-(2,4-Dimethylthiazol-5-yl)acetamido]-2-(4-methylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.71-8.68 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.10-7.03 (m, 4H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 5.41 (m, 1H), 3.59 (s, 1H), 3.34-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00131
  • (S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[3-(thiazol-2-yl)propanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.67-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.08 (m, 4H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 5.46-5.41 (q, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 3.58 (s, 2H), 3.30-3.25 (m, 3H), 3.02-2.67 (m, 5H), 1.31 (t, 3H J=7.5 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00132
  • (S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)acetamido]ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.04-6.91 (m, 6H), 5.32 (t, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 3.25-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.71-2.61 (m, 4H) 1.93 (s, 2H) 1.22-1.14 (m, 6H).
  • The second aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-4-yl) compounds having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00133
  • wherein R1, R4, and L are further defined herein in Table X herein below.
  • TABLE X
    No. L R1 R4
    J360 —C(O)CH2— phenyl methyl
    J361 —C(O)CH2— phenyl ethyl
    J362 —C(O)CH2— phenyl phenyl
    J363 —C(O)CH2— phenyl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J364 —C(O)CH2— phenyl thiazol-2-yl
    J365 —C(O)CH2— phenyl oxazol-2-yl
    J366 —C(O)CH2— phenyl isoxazol-3-yl
    J367 —C(O)CH2— 3-chlorophenyl methyl
    J368 —C(O)CH2— 3-chlorophenyl ethyl
    J369 —C(O)CH2— 3-chlorophenyl phenyl
    J370 —C(O)CH2— 3-chlorophenyl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J371 —C(O)CH2— 3-chlorophenyl thiazol-2-yl
    J372 —C(O)CH2— 3-chlorophenyl oxazol-2-yl
    J373 —C(O)CH2— 3-chlorophenyl isoxazol-3-yl
    J374 —C(O)CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl methyl
    J375 —C(O)CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl ethyl
    J376 —C(O)CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl phenyl
    J377 —C(O)CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J378 —C(O)CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl thiazol-2-yl
    J379 —C(O)CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl oxazol-2-yl
    J380 —C(O)CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl isoxazol-3-yl
    J381 —C(O)CH2— 3-fluorophenyl methyl
    J382 —C(O)CH2— 3-fluorophenyl ethyl
    J383 —C(O)CH2— 3-fluorophenyl phenyl
    J384 —C(O)CH2— 3-fluorophenyl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J385 —C(O)CH2— 3-fluorophenyl thiazol-2-yl
    J386 —C(O)CH2— 3-fluorophenyl oxazol-2-yl
    J387 —C(O)CH2— 3-fluorophenyl isoxazol-3-yl
    J388 —C(O)CH2— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl methyl
    J389 —C(O)CH2— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl ethyl
    J390 —C(O)CH2— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl phenyl
    J391 —C(O)CH2— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J392 —C(O)CH2— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl thiazol-2-yl
    J393 —C(O)CH2— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl oxazol-2-yl
    J394 —C(O)CH2— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl isoxazol-3-yl
    J395 —C(O)CH2— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl methyl
    J396 —C(O)CH2— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl ethyl
    J397 —C(O)CH2— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl phenyl
    J398 —C(O)CH2— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J399 —C(O)CH2— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl thiazol-2-yl
    J400 —C(O)CH2— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl oxazol-2-yl
    J401 —C(O)CH2— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl isoxazol-3-yl
    J402 —C(O)CH2— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl methyl
    J403 —C(O)CH2— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl ethyl
    J404 —C(O)CH2— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl phenyl
    J405 —C(O)CH2— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J406 —C(O)CH2— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl thiazol-2-yl
    J407 —C(O)CH2— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl oxazol-2-yl
    J408 —C(O)CH2— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl isoxazol-3-yl
    J409 —C(O)CH2— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl methyl
    J410 —C(O)CH2— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl ethyl
    J411 —C(O)CH2— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl phenyl
    J412 —C(O)CH2— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J413 —C(O)CH2— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl thiazol-2-yl
    J414 —C(O)CH2— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl oxazol-2-yl
    J415 —C(O)CH2— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl isoxazol-3-yl
    J416 —C(O)CH2CH2— phenyl methyl
    J417 —C(O)CH2CH2— phenyl ethyl
    J418 —C(O)CH2CH2— phenyl phenyl
    J419 —C(O)CH2CH2— phenyl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J420 —C(O)CH2CH2— phenyl thiazol-2-yl
    J421 —C(O)CH2CH2— phenyl oxazol-2-yl
    J422 —C(O)CH2CH2— phenyl isoxazol-3-yl
    J423 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-chlorophenyl methyl
    J424 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-chlorophenyl ethyl
    J425 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-chlorophenyl phenyl
    J426 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-chlorophenyl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J427 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-chlorophenyl thiazol-2-yl
    J428 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-chlorophenyl oxazol-2-yl
    J429 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-chlorophenyl isoxazol-3-yl
    J430 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl methyl
    J431 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl ethyl
    J432 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl phenyl
    J433 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J434 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl thiazol-2-yl
    J435 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl oxazol-2-yl
    J436 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methoxyphenyl isoxazol-3-yl
    J437 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-fluorophenyl methyl
    J438 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-fluorophenyl ethyl
    J439 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-fluorophenyl phenyl
    J440 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-fluorophenyl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J441 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-fluorophenyl thiazol-2-yl
    J442 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-fluorophenyl oxazol-2-yl
    J443 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-fluorophenyl isoxazol-3-yl
    J444 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl methyl
    J445 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl ethyl
    J446 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl phenyl
    J447 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J448 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl thiazol-2-yl
    J449 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl oxazol-2-yl
    J450 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,5-dimethylthiazol-4-yl isoxazol-3-yl
    J451 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl methyl
    J452 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl ethyl
    J453 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl phenyl
    J454 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J455 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl thiazol-2-yl
    J456 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl oxazol-2-yl
    J457 —C(O)CH2CH2— 2,4-dimethylthiazol-5-yl isoxazol-3-yl
    J458 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl methyl
    J459 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl ethyl
    J460 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl phenyl
    J461 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J462 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl thiazol-2-yl
    J463 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl oxazol-2-yl
    J464 —C(O)CH2CH2— 4-ethylthiazol-2-yl isoxazol-3-yl
    J465 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl methyl
    J466 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl ethyl
    J467 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl phenyl
    J468 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl thiophen-
    2-yl
    J469 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl thiazol-2-yl
    J470 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl oxazol-2-yl
    J471 —C(O)CH2CH2— 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl isoxazol-3-yl
  • The compounds encompassed within the second aspect of Category I of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme II and described in Example 9 herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00134
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00135
    • Example 9 4-((S)-2-(2-(3-chlorophenyl)acetamido)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic Acid (24)
  • Preparation of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethanamine hydrobromide salt (22): A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 4-bromo-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate, 7, (7.74 g, 20 mmol), and thiophen-2-carbothioic acid amide (3.14 g, 22 mmol) in CH3CN (200 mL) is refluxed for 5 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether (50 mL) is added to the solution. The precipitate which forms is collected by filtration. The solid is dried under vacuum to afford 7.14 g (87% yield) of the desired product. ESI+ MS 332 (M+1).
  • Preparation of 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-N—{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}acetamide (23): To a solution of 2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-thiophene2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethylamine, 22, (0.41 g, 1 mmol) 3-chlorophenylacetic acid (0.170 g, 1 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.070 g, 0.50 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 0° C., is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.190 g, 1 mmol) followed by triethylamine (0.42 mL, 3 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.290 g (60% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. ESI− MS 482 (M−1).
  • Preparation of {4-[2-(3-chlorophenyl)acetylamino]-2-(2-thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenyl)}sulfamic acid (24): 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-N—{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophene2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}acetamide, 23, (0.290 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.157 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.078 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.61 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 7.58 (d, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 7.41-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.18-6.98 (m, 6H), 5.33 (t, 1H, J=6.6 Hz), 3.70 (d, 2H, J=3.9 Hz), 3.23 (1H, A of ABX, J=6.6, 13.8 Hz), 3.07 (1H, B of ABX, J=8.1, 13.5 Hz).
  • The following are non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed within the second aspect of Category V of the present disclosure.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00136
  • 4-((S)-2-(2-(3-Methoxyphenyl)acetamido)-2-(2-(thiophene2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.35 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.61-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d, 2H, J=4.2 Hz), 6.99 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.81 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 6.77 (s, 1H), 5.30-5.28 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 3.20 (1H, A of ABX, J=6.3, 13.6 Hz), 3.06 (1H, B of ABX, J=8.1, 13.8 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00137
  • 4-{(S)-2-(3-Phenylpropanamido)-2-[2-(thiophene2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.30 (d, 1H, J=9 Hz), 7.61-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.14 (m, 7H), 7.12 (d, 1H, J=1.5 Hz), 7.09 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 6.89 (s, 1H), 5.28-5.26 (m, 1H), 3.18 (1H, A of ABX, J=6.2, 13.8 Hz), 2.96 (1H, B of ABX, J=8.4, 13.6 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00138
  • 4-{(S)-2-(3-(3-Chlorophenyl)propanamido)-2-[2-(thiophene2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.61-7.56 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.14 (m, 6H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 7.00 (d, 1H, J=77.5 Hz), 6.870 (s, 1H), 5.25 (t, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 3.18 (1H, A of ABX, J=6.6, 13.8 Hz), 2.97 (1H, B of ABX, J=7.8, 13.8 Hz), 2.87 (t, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.51 (t, 2H, J=7.2 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00139
  • 4-{(S)-2-[2-(3-Fluorophenyl)acetamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.61-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.08 (t, 1H, J=4.5 Hz), 7.02-6.95 (m, 6H), 5.29 (t, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 3.53 (s, 2H), 3.22 (1H, A of ABX, J=6.6, 13.9 Hz), 3.06 (1H, B of ABX, J=8.4, 13.6 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00140
  • (S)-4-{2-[2-(3-Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)acetamido]-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.98-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.09-7.05 (m, 4H), 5.33 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.33-3.06 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00141
  • 4-{(S)-2-[2-(4-ethyl-2,3-dioxopiperazin-1-yl)acetamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.62 (d, 1H, J=3 Hz), 7.58 (d, 1H, J=15.6 Hz), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.16 (t, 1H, J=1.5 Hz), 5.42-5.32 (m, 1H), 4.31 (d, 1H, J=15.6 Hz), 3.91 (d, 1H, J=15.9 Hz), 3.60-3.50 (m, 4H), 3.30-3.23 (m, 2H), 2.98 (1H, B of ABX, J=9.9, 13.8 Hz), 1.21 (t, 3H, J=6.9 Hz).
  • The third aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00142
  • wherein the linking unit L comprises a phenyl unit, said linking group having the formula:

  • —C(O)[(CR5aH)][(CR6AH)]—
  • R1 is hydrogen, R6a is phenyl, R5a is phenyl or substituted phenyl and non-limiting examples of the units R2, R3, and R5a are further exemplified herein below in Table XI.
  • TABLE XI
    No. R2 R3 R5a
    K472 methyl hydrogen phenyl
    K473 methyl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl
    K474 methyl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl
    K475 methyl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl
    K476 methyl hydrogen 3,4-difluorophenyl
    K477 methyl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl
    K478 methyl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl
    K479 methyl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl
    K480 methyl hydrogen 3,4-dichlorophenyl
    K481 methyl hydrogen 2-methoxyphenyl
    K482 methyl hydrogen 3-methoxyphenyl
    K483 methyl hydrogen 4-methoxyphenyl
    K484 ethyl hydrogen phenyl
    K485 ethyl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl
    K486 ethyl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl
    K487 ethyl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl
    K488 ethyl hydrogen 3,4-difluorophenyl
    K489 ethyl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl
    K490 ethyl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl
    K491 ethyl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl
    K492 ethyl hydrogen 3,4-dichlorophenyl
    K493 ethyl hydrogen 2-methoxyphenyl
    K494 ethyl hydrogen 3-methoxyphenyl
    K495 ethyl hydrogen 4-methoxyphenyl
  • The compounds encompassed within the third aspect of Category V of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme IX and described in Example 10 herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00143
    • Example 10 (S)-4-(2-(2,3-Diphenylpropanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic Acid (26)
  • Preparation of (S)—N-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2,3-diphenyl-propanamide (25): To a solution of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.95 g, 2.65 mmol), diphenylpropionic acid (0.60 g, 2.65 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.180 g, 1.33 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 0°, is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.502 g, 2.62 mmol) followed by triethylamine (1.1 mL, 7.95 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.903 g (70% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification.
  • Preparation of (S)-4-(2-(2,3-diphenylpropanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (26) (S)—N-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2,3-diphenyl-propanamide, 25, (0.903 g) is dissolved in MeOH (10 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (30 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.621 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.415 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.59-8.52 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.04 (m, 9H), 6.97-6.93 (m, 1H), 6.89-6.85 (m, 2H), 5.36-5.32 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.29 (1H, A of ABX, obscured by solvent), 3.15 (1H, B of ABX, J=5.4, 33.8 Hz), 2.99-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.69 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.25 (m, 3H).
  • The precursors of many of the Z units which comprise the third aspect of Category V are not readily available. The following procedure illustrates an example of the procedure which can be used to provide different R5a units according to the present disclosure. Using the procedure outlined in Scheme X and described in Example 11 the artisan can make modifications without undue experimentation to achieve the R5a units encompassed by the present disclosure.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00144
    • Example 11 2-(2-Methoxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropanoic Acid (28)
  • Preparation of methyl 2-(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropanoate (27): A 500 mL round-bottom flask is charged with methyl 2-(2-methoxyphenyl)acetate (8.496 g, 47 mmol, 1 eq) and THF (200 mL). The homogeneous mixture is cooled to 0° C. in an ice bath. Lithium diisopropyl amide (23.5 mL of a 2.0M solution in heptane/THF) is added, maintaining a temperature less than 3° C. The reaction is stirred 45 minutes at this reduced temperature. Benzyl bromide (5.6 mL, 47 mmol, 1 eq) is added dropwise. The reaction is allowed to gradually warm to room temperature and is stirred for 18 hours. The reaction is quenched with 1N HCl and extracted 3 times with equal portions of EtOAc. The combined extracts are washed with H2O and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue is purified over silica to afford 4.433 g (35%) of the desired compound. ESI+ MS 293 (M+Na).
  • Preparation of 2-(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropanoic acid (28): Methyl 2-(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropanoate (4.433 g, 16 mmol, 1 eq) is dissolved in 100 mL of a 1:1 (v:v) mixture of THF and methanol. Sodium hydroxide (3.28 g, 82 mmol, 5 eq) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred 18 hours at room temperature. The reaction is then poured into H2O and the pH is adjusted to 2 via addition of 1N HCl. A white precipitate forms which is removed by filtration. The resulting solution is extracted with 3 portion of diethyl ether. The extracts are pooled, washed with H2O and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue is purified over silica to afford 2.107 g (51%) of the desired compound. ESI− MS 255 (M−1), 211 (M−CO2H).
  • Intermediate 28 can be carried forward according to the procedure outlined in Scheme IX and described in Example 10 to produce the following compound according to the third aspect of Category V.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00145
  • (S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(2-methoxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.32-7.12 (m, 7H), 7.05-7.02 (m, 1H), 6.99-6.83 (m, 4H), 6.80-6.75 (m, 2H), 5.35-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.26 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.20-2.90 (m, 4H), 2.79-2.74 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.25 (m, 3H).
  • The following are further non-limiting examples of compounds according to the third aspect of Category I of the present disclosure.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00146
  • (S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(3-fluorophenyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.33-6.87 (m, 14H), 5.39-5.25 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.10 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.70 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.23 (m, 3H). 19F NMR δ 47.59.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00147
  • (S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(3-methoxyphenyl)-3-phenylpropanamido]-ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.85 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.02 (m, 4H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.90-6.79 (m, 2H), 5.45-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.08 (m, 2H), 1.10 (s, 9H).
  • The fourth aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00148
  • wherein the linking unit L comprises a phenyl unit, said linking group having the formula:

  • —C(O)[(CR5aH)][(CR6AH]—
  • R1 is hydrogen, R6a is phenyl, R5a is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and the units R2, R3 and R5a are further exemplified herein below in Table XII.
  • TABLE XII
    No. R2 R3 R5a
    L496 methyl hydrogen 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl
    L497 methyl hydrogen thiophen-2-yl
    L498 methyl hydrogen thiazol-2-yl
    L499 methyl hydrogen oxazol-2-yl
    L500 methyl hydrogen isoxazol-3-yl
    L501 ethyl hydrogen 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl
    L502 ethyl hydrogen thiophen-2-yl
    L503 ethyl hydrogen thiazol-2-yl
    L504 ethyl hydrogen oxazol-2-yl
    L505 ethyl hydrogen isoxazol-3-yl
    L506 ethyl methyl 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl
    L507 ethyl methyl thiophen-2-yl
    L508 ethyl methyl thiazol-2-yl
    L509 ethyl methyl oxazol-2-yl
    L510 ethyl methyl isoxazol-3-yl
    L511 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl
    L512 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen thiophen-2-yl
    L513 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen thiazol-2-yl
    L514 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen oxazol-2-yl
    L515 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen isoxazol-3-yl
    L516 isoxazol-3-yl hydrogen 3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl
    L517 isoxazol-3-yl hydrogen thiophen-2-yl
    L518 isoxazol-3-yl hydrogen thiazol-2-yl
    L519 isoxazol-3-yl hydrogen oxazol-2-yl
    L520 isoxazol-3-yl hydrogen isoxazol-3-yl
  • The compounds encompassed within the fourth aspect of Category V of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme V and described in Example 5 herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00149
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00150
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00151
    • Example 12 4-{(S)-2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic Acid (31)
  • Preparation of ethyl-2-benzyl-3-[(S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethylamino]-3-oxopropanoate (29): To a solution of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.406 g, 1.13 mmol), 2-benzyl-3-ethoxy-3-oxopropanoic acid (0.277 g) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.191 g, 1.41 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 0°, is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (0.240 g, 1.25 mmol) followed by diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) (0.306 g). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford 0.169 g (31% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification. Preparation of N—[(S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-3-phenylpropanamide (30): Ethyl 2-benzyl-3-((S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethylamino)-3-oxopropanoate is dissolved in toluene (5 mL) and heated to reflux. Potassium carbonate (80 mg) and acetamide oxime (43 mg) are added. and treated with 80 mg potassium carbonate and 43 mg acetamide oxime at reflux. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature, filtered and concentrated. The residue is chromatographed over silica to afford 0.221 g (94%) of the desired product as a yellow oil.
  • Preparation of 4-{(S)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-3-phenylpropanamido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (31): N—[(S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2-(3-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-3-phenylpropanamide, 30, (0.221 g) and tin (II) chloride (507 mg, 2.2 mmol) are dissolved in EtOH (25 mL) and the solution is brought to reflux 4 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the resulting residue is dissolved in EtOAc. A saturated solution of NaHCO3 (50 mL) is added and the solution is stirred 1 hour. The organic layer is separated and the aqueous layer extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic layers are dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated to a residue which is dissolved in pyridine (0.143 g) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.143 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.071 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.29-6.87 (m, 10H), 5.38-5.30 (m, 1H), 4.37-4.30 (m, 1H), 3.42-2.74 (m, 6H), 2.38-2.33 (m, 3H), 1.34-1.28 (m, 3H).
  • Category VI of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-2-yl) compounds having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00152
  • wherein R1, R2, R3, and L are further defined herein in Table XIII herein below.
  • TABLE XIII
    No. R2 R3 R1
    M521 ethyl hydrogen thiophen-2-yl
    M522 ethyl hydrogen thiazol-2-yl
    M523 ethyl hydrogen oxazol-2-yl
    M524 ethyl hydrogen isoxazol-3-yl
    M525 ethyl hydrogen imidazol-2-yl
    M526 ethyl hydrogen isoxazol-3-yl
    M527 ethyl hydrogen oxazol-4-yl
    M528 ethyl hydrogen isoxazol-4-yl
    M529 ethyl hydrogen thiophen-4-yl
    M530 ethyl hydrogen thiazol-4-yl
    M531 ethyl methyl methyl
    M532 ethyl methyl ethyl
    M533 ethyl methyl propyl
    M534 ethyl methyl iso-propyl
    M535 ethyl methyl butyl
    M536 ethyl methyl phenyl
    M537 ethyl methyl benzyl
    M538 ethyl methyl 2-fluorophenyl
    M539 ethyl methyl 3-fluorophenyl
    M540 ethyl methyl 4-fluorophenyl
    M541 phenyl hydrogen methyl
    M542 phenyl hydrogen ethyl
    M543 phenyl hydrogen propyl
    M544 phenyl hydrogen iso-propyl
    M545 phenyl hydrogen butyl
    M546 phenyl hydrogen phenyl
    M547 phenyl hydrogen benzyl
    M548 phenyl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl
    M549 phenyl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl
    M550 phenyl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl
    M551 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen methyl
    M552 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen ethyl
    M553 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen propyl
    M554 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen iso-propyl
    M555 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen butyl
    M556 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen phenyl
    M557 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen benzyl
    M558 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl
    M559 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl
    M560 thiophen-2-yl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl
  • The compounds encompassed within Category VI of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XII and described in Example 13 herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00153
    • Example 13 (S)-4-[2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-oxo-4-phenylbutanamido)ethyl]-phenylsulfamic Acid (33)
  • Preparation of (S)—N-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-4-oxo-4-phenylbutanamide (32): 3-Benzoylpropionic acid (0.250 g) is dissolved in CH2Cl2 (5 mL), N-methyl imidazole (0.333 mL) is added and the resulting solution is cooled to 0° C. after which a solution of thionyl chloride (0.320 g) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) is added dropwise. After 0.5 hours (S)-1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethanamine, 3, (0.388 g) is added. The reaction is stirred for 18 hours at room temperature and then concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue is dissolved in EtOAc and washed with 1N HCl and brine. The solution is dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated and the crude material purified over silica to afford 0.415 g of the desired product.
  • Preparation of (S)-4-[2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-oxo-4-phenylbutanamido)-ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid (33): (S)—N-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2,3-diphenyl-propanamide, 32, (0.2 g) is dissolved in MeOH (15 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (5 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.153 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.090 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.68 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz), 8.00 (d, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 7.80-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.12 (s, 4H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 5.46-5.38 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.06-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.83 (q, 2H, J=7.5 Hz), 2.69-2.54 (m, 2H), 1.33 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • The following are non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed within Category II of the present disclosure. The intermediate nitro compounds of the following can be prepared by coupling the appropriate 4-oxo-carboxcylic acid with intermediate 3 under the conditions described herein above for the formation of intermediate 4 of scheme I.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00154
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(5-methyl-4-oxohexanamido)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.59 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.14 (s, 4H), 7.08 (t, 1H, J=13.0 Hz), 5.40-5.35 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.27 (m, 2H), 3.04-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.61 (m, 4H), 2.54-2.36 (m, 3H), 1.33 (t, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 1.09 (dd, 6H, J=7.0, 2.2 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00155
  • (S)-4-{2-[4-(3,4-Dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]dioxepin-7-yl)-4-oxobutanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.64 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.60 (d, 2H, J=10.6 Hz), 7.11 (s, 3H), 7.04 (d, 2H, J=5.5 Hz), 5.42-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.22 (m, 4H), 3.20-2.98 (m, 4H), 2.82 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.67-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.23 (t, 2H, J=5.5 Hz), 1.32 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00156
  • (S)-4-{2-[4-(2,3-Dimethoxyphenyl)-4-oxobutanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD), δ 8.64 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.21-7.11 (m, 7H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.42 (q, 1H, J=5.9 Hz), 3.90 (d, 3H, J=3.3 Hz), 3.88 (d, 3H, J=2.9 Hz), 3.22-3.18 (m, 2H), 3.07-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.83 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.63-2.54 (m, 2H), 1.34 (t, 3H, J=7.69 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00157
  • (S)-4-{2-(4-Ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-[4-oxo-4-(pyridin-2-yl)butanamido]ethyl}-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.60 (d, 1H, J=12.8 Hz), 7.91-7.81 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.21 (m, 1H), 6.99 (s, 3H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 5.30 (q, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 3.36 (q, 2H, J=7.0 Hz), 3.21-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.74 (q, 2H, J=10.4 Hz), 2.57-2.50 (m, 2H), 1.20 (t, 3H, J=7.5 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00158
  • (S)-4-{2-[4-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-4-oxobutanamido]-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.52-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.11 (s, 4H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 5.41 (q, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 4.31 (d, 4H, J=5.5 Hz), 3.24-3.12 (m, 2H), 3.06-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.83 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.62-2.53 (m, 2H), 1.33 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00159
  • (S)-4-[2-(4-tert-butoxy-4-oxobutanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD), δ 7.10 (s 4H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.41 (q, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 3.30-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.06-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.83 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 2.52-2.40 (m, 4H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.33 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00160
  • (S)-4-[2-(4-ethoxy-4-oxobutanamido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 8.62 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.10 (s, 4H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 5.40 (q, 1H, 3.7 Hz), 4.15 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.28-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.82 (q, 2H, J=4.4 Hz), 2.54-2.48 (m, 2H), 1.33 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz), 1.24 (t, 3H, J=7.0 Hz).
  • The first aspect of Category VII of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-2-yl) compounds having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00161
  • wherein non-limiting examples of R1, R2, and R3 are further described herein below in Table XIV.
  • TABLE XIV
    No. R2 R3 R1
    N561 methyl hydrogen phenyl
    N562 methyl hydrogen benzyl
    N563 methyl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl
    N564 methyl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl
    N565 methyl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl
    N566 methyl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl
    N567 methyl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl
    N568 methyl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl
    N569 ethyl hydrogen phenyl
    N570 ethyl hydrogen benzyl
    N571 ethyl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl
    N572 ethyl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl
    N573 ethyl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl
    N574 ethyl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl
    N575 ethyl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl
    N576 ethyl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl
    N577 thiene-2-yl hydrogen phenyl
    N578 thiene-2-yl hydrogen benzyl
    N579 thiene-2-yl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl
    N580 thiene-2-yl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl
    N581 thiene-2-yl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl
    N582 thiene-2-yl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl
    N583 thiene-2-yl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl
    N584 thiene-2-yl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl
  • The compounds encompassed within Category VII of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XIII and described in Example 14 herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00162
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00163
    • Example 14 (S)-4-(2-(3-Benzylureido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic Acid (35)
  • Preparation of (S)-1-benzyl-3-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]urea (34): To a solution of 1-(S)-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl amine hydrobromide, 3, (0.360 g, 1 mmol) and Et3N (0.42 mL, 3 mmol) in 10 mL CH2Cl2 is added benzyl isocyanate (0.12 mL, 1 mmol). The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The product is isolated by filtration to afford 0.425 g (96% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification.
  • Preparation of (S)-4-(2-(3-benzylureido)-2-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (35): (S)-1-benzyl-3-[1-(4-ethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]urea, 34, (0.425 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.220 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.143 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.32-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.12-7.00 (m, 4H), 6.84 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 5.35-5.30 (m, 1H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 3.27-3.22 (m, 3H), 3.11-3.04 (m, 3H), 2.81 (q, 2H, J=10.2, 13.0 Hz), 1.31 (t, 3H, J=4.5 Hz).
  • The following is a non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed within the first aspect of Category VII of the present disclosure.
  • 4-{[(S)-2-(2-Ethylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(3-(R)-methoxy-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl)ureido]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.36-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.19-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.90-6.86 (m, 3H), 5.12-5.06 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.55 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H) 3.12-2.98 (m, 6H), 1.44-1.38 (m, 3H).
  • The second aspect of Category VII of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-4-yl) compounds having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00164
  • wherein non-limiting examples of R1 and R4 are further described herein below in Table XV.
  • TABLE XV
    No. R1 R4
    O585 methyl methyl
    O586 ethyl methyl
    O587 n-propyl methyl
    O588 iso-propyl methyl
    O589 phenyl methyl
    O590 benzyl methyl
    O591 2-fluorophenyl methyl
    O592 2-chlorophenyl methyl
    O593 thiophen-2-yl methyl
    O594 thiazol-2-yl methyl
    O595 oxazol-2-yl methyl
    O596 isoxazol-3-yl methyl
    O597 methyl ethyl
    O598 ethyl ethyl
    O599 n-propyl ethyl
    O600 iso-propyl ethyl
    O601 phenyl ethyl
    O602 benzyl ethyl
    O603 2-fluorophenyl ethyl
    O604 2-chlorophenyl ethyl
    O605 thiophen-2-yl ethyl
    O606 thiazol-2-yl ethyl
    O607 oxazol-2-yl ethyl
    O608 isoxazol-3-yl ethyl
    O609 methyl thiophen-2-yl
    O610 ethyl thiophen-2-yl
    O611 n-propyl thiophen-2-yl
    O612 iso-propyl thiophen-2-yl
    O613 phenyl thiophen-2-yl
    O614 benzyl thiophen-2-yl
    O615 2-fluorophenyl thiophen-2-yl
    O616 2-chlorophenyl thiophen-2-yl
    O617 thiophen-2-yl thiophen-2-yl
    O618 thiazol-2-yl thiophen-2-yl
    O619 oxazol-2-yl thiophen-2-yl
    O620 isoxazol-3-yl thiophen-2-yl
    O621 methyl thiazol-2-yl
    O622 ethyl thiazol-2-yl
    O623 n-propyl thiazol-2-yl
    O624 iso-propyl thiazol-2-yl
    O625 phenyl thiazol-2-yl
    O626 benzyl thiazol-2-yl
    O627 2-fluorophenyl thiazol-2-yl
    O628 2-chlorophenyl thiazol-2-yl
    O629 thiophen-2-yl thiazol-2-yl
    O630 thiazol-2-yl thiazol-2-yl
    O631 oxazol-2-yl thiazol-2-yl
    O632 isoxazol-3-yl thiazol-2-yl
    O633 methyl oxazol-2-yl
    O634 ethyl oxazol-2-yl
    O635 n-propyl oxazol-2-yl
    O636 iso-propyl oxazol-2-yl
    O637 phenyl oxazol-2-yl
    O638 benzyl oxazol-2-yl
    O639 2-fluorophenyl oxazol-2-yl
    O640 2-chlorophenyl oxazol-2-yl
    O641 thiophen-2-yl oxazol-2-yl
    O642 thiazol-2-yl oxazol-2-yl
    O643 oxazol-2-yl oxazol-2-yl
    O644 isoxazol-3-yl oxazol-2-yl
  • The compounds encompassed within the second aspect of Category VII of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XIV and described in Example 14 herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00165
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00166
    • Example 15 4-{(S)-2-(3-Benzylureido)-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}-phenylsulfamic Acid (37)
  • Preparation of 1-benzyl-3-{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}urea (36): To a solution of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[(2-thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethan-amine hydrobromide salt, 8, and Et3N (0.42 mL, 3 mmol) in 10 mL DCM is added benzyl isocyanate (0.12 mL, 1 mmol). The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The product is isolated by filtration to afford 0.445 g (96% yield) of the desired product which is used without further purification.
  • Preparation of 4-{(S)-2-(3-benzylureido)-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (37): 1-Benzyl-3-{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}urea, 36, (0.445 g) is dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) and CH2Cl2 (5 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO3— pyridine (0.110 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.080 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.61 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 7.58 (d, 1H, J=6 Hz), 7.33-7.22 (m, 4H), 7.17-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.09-6.94 (m, 6H), 5.16 (t, 1H, J=6.6 Hz), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.14-3.11 (m, 2H).
  • Category VIII of the present disclosure relates to 2-(thiazol-4-yl) compounds having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00167
  • wherein R1, R4, and L are further defined herein in Table XVI herein below.
  • TABLE XVI
    No. R4 L R1
    P645 methyl —SO2— methyl
    P646 ethyl —SO2— methyl
    P647 phenyl —SO2— methyl
    P648 thiophen-2-yl —SO2— methyl
    P649 methyl —SO2— trifluoromethyl
    P650 ethyl —SO2— trifluoromethyl
    P651 phenyl —SO2— trifluoromethyl
    P652 thiophen-2-yl —SO2— trifluoromethyl
    P653 methyl —SO2— ethyl
    P654 ethyl —SO2— ethyl
    P655 phenyl —SO2— ethyl
    P656 thiophen-2-yl —SO2— ethyl
    P657 methyl —SO2— 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl
    P658 ethyl —SO2— 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl
    P659 phenyl —SO2— 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl
    P660 thiophen-2-yl —SO2— 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl
    P661 methyl —SO2— phenyl
    P662 ethyl —SO2— phenyl
    P663 phenyl —SO2— phenyl
    P664 thiophen-2-yl —SO2— phenyl
    P665 methyl —SO2— 4-fluorophenyl
    P666 ethyl —SO2— 4-fluorophenyl
    P667 phenyl —SO2— 4-fluorophenyl
    P668 thiophen-2-yl —SO2— 4-fluorophenyl
    P669 methyl —SO2— 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-7-yl
    P670 ethyl —SO2— 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-7-yl
    P671 phenyl —SO2— 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-7-yl
    P672 thiophen-2-yl —SO2— 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-7-yl
    P673 methyl —SO2— 1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl
    P674 ethyl —SO2— 1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl
    P675 phenyl —SO2— 1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl
    P676 thiophen-2-yl —SO2— 1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl
    P678 methyl —SO2— 4-acetamidophenyl
    P679 ethyl —SO2— 4-acetamidophenyl
    P680 phenyl —SO2— 4-acetamidophenyl
    P681 thiophen-2-yl —SO2— 4-acetamidophenyl
    P682 methyl —SO2CH2— phenyl
    P683 ethyl —SO2CH2— phenyl
    P684 phenyl —SO2CH2— phenyl
    P685 thiophen-2-yl —SO2CH2— phenyl
    P686 methyl —SO2CH2— (4-methylcarboxyphenyl)methyl
    P687 ethyl —SO2CH2— (4-methylcarboxyphenyl)methyl
    P688 phenyl —SO2CH2— (4-methylcarboxyphenyl)methyl
    P689 thiophen-2-yl —SO2CH2— (4-methylcarboxyphenyl)methyl
    P690 methyl —SO2CH2— (2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl
    P691 ethyl —SO2CH2— (2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl
    P692 phenyl —SO2CH2— (2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl
    P693 thiophen-2-yl —SO2CH2— (2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl
    P694 methyl —SO2CH2CH2— phenyl
    P695 ethyl —SO2CH2CH2— phenyl
    P696 phenyl —SO2CH2CH2— phenyl
    P697 thiophen-2-yl —SO2CH2CH2— phenyl
  • The compounds encompassed within Category VIII of the present disclosure can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XV and described in Example 16 herein below.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00168
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00169
    • Example 16 {4-(S)-[2-Phenylmethanesulfonylamino-2-(2-thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenyl}sulfamic Acid (39)
  • Preparation of (S)—N-{2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}-1-phenylmethanesulfonamide (38): To a suspension of 2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-thiophene2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethylamine, 8, (330 mg, 0.80 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (6 mL) at 0° C. is added diisopropylethylamine (0.30 mL, 1.6 mmol) followed by phenylmethanesulfonyl chloride (167 mg, 0.88 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 14 hours. The mixture is diluted with CH2Cl2 and washed with sat. NaHCO3 followed by brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue is purified over silica to afford 210 mg of the desired product as a white solid.
  • Preparation of {4-(S)-[2-phenylmethanesulfonylamino-2-(2-thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenyl}sulfamic acid (39): (S)—N-{2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}-1-phenylmethanesulfonamide, 38, (210 mg, 0.41 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (197 mg, 1.23 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.060 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.52-7.63 (m, 6.70-7.28 (m, 11H), 4.75 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.95-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.20 (dd, J=13.5 and 7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.05 (dd, J=13.5 and 7.8 Hz, 1H). 1013770 Intermediates for use in Step (a) of Scheme XV can be conveniently prepared by the procedure outlined herein below in Scheme XVI and described in Example 17.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00170
    • Example 17 (2-Methylthiazol-4-yl)methanesulfonyl chloride (41)
  • Preparation of sodium (2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methanesulfonate (40): 4-Chloromethyl-2-methylthiazole (250 mg, 1.69 mmol) is dissolved in H2O (2 mL) and treated with sodium sulfite (224 mg, 1.78 mmol). The reaction mixture is subjected to microwave irradiation for 20 minutes at 200° C. The reaction mixture is diluted with H2O (30 mL) and washed with EtOAc (2×25 mL). The aqueous layer is concentrated to afford 0.368 g of the desired product as a yellow solid. LC/MS ESI+ 194 (M+1, free acid).
  • Preparation of (2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methanesulfonyl chloride (41): Sodium (2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methanesulfonate, 40, (357 mg, 1.66 mmol) is dissolved in phosphorous oxychloride (6 mL) and is treated with phosphorous pentachloride (345 mg, 1.66 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 50° C. for 3 hours, then allowed to cool to room temperature. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is re-dissolved in CH2Cl2 (40 mL) and is washed with sat. NaHCO3 and brine. The organic layer is dried over MgSO4, filtered, and the solvent removed in vacuo to afford 0.095 g of the desired product as a brown oil. LC/MS ESI+ 211 (M+1). Intermediates are obtained in sufficient purity to be carried forward according to Scheme IX without the need for further purification.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00171
  • 4-{(S)-2-[(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)methylsulfonamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.71-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.10 (m, 7H), 4.87 (t, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 4.30-4.16 (q, 2H, J=13.2 Hz), 3.34-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.70 (s, 3H).
  • The following are non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed within Category VIII of the present disclosure.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00172
  • {4-(S)-[2-Phenylmethanesulfonylamino-2-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenyl}-sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.27-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.05-7.6 (m, 2H), 6.96 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.70 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.91-4.02 (m, 2H), 2.95-3.18 (m, 4H), 1.41 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00173
  • {4-(S)-[2-(3-Methoxyphenyl)methanesulfonylamino-2-(2-ethylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenyl}sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.20 (t, J=8.1 Hz. 1H), 6.94-7.08 (m, 4H), 6.88-6.94 (m, 3H), 6.75-6.80 (m, 1H), 4.67 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.90-4.0 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.95-3.16 (m, 4H), 1.40 (t, J=7.5 HZ, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00174
  • (S)-4-{[1-(2-Ethylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethylsulfamoyl]methyl}-benzoic acid methyl ester: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.90-7.94-(m, 2H), 7.27-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.06-7.11 (m, 3H), 6.97-7.00 (m, 2H), 4.71 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.95-4.08 (4, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.80-3.50 (m, 4H), 1.38-1.44 (m, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00175
  • (S)-4-[2-(2-Ethylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-sulfonamido)ethyl]-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.54 (s, 1H, 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.92-7.00 (m, 4H), 4.62 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 2.98-3.14 (m, 3H), 2.79 (dd, J=9.3 and 15.0 Hz, 1H), 1.39 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00176
  • 4-{(S)-2-[2-(Thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethylsulfonamido)-ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.62-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.06 (m, 5H), 4.84 (t, 1H, J=7.6 Hz), 3.71-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.03 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00177
  • {4-(S)-[2-(Phenylethanesulfonylamino)-2-(2thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]-phenyl}sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.56-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.04-7.19 (m, 9H), 6.94-6.97 (m, 2H), 4.78 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.22-3.30 (m, 2H)), 3.11 (dd, J=13.5 and 7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.78-2.87 (m, 4H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00178
  • {4-(S)-[3-(Phenylpropanesulfonylamino)-2-(2thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]-phenyl}sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.56-7.62 (m, 2H), 6.99-7.17 (m, 10H), 4.72 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (dd, J=13.5 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.02 (dd, J=13.5 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.39-2.64 (m, 4H), 1.65-1.86 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00179
  • (S)-{4-[2-(4-Methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-7-sulfonylamino)-2-(2-thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenyl}sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.53 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H) 7.48 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.10 (m, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.93-6.88 (m, 3H), 6.75 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.20-4.08 (m, 2H), 3.14-3.00 (m, 4H), 2.69 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00180
  • 4-{(S)-2-(4-acetamidophenylsulfonamido)-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.67-7.52 (m, 6H), 7.24-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.09 (m, 3H), 7.02-6.99 (m, 2H), 4.70 (t, 1H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.25-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H).
  • The first aspect of Category IX of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00181
  • wherein R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and R4 is C1-C6 linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl as further described herein below in Table XVII.
  • TABLE XVII
    No. R4 R1
    Q698 —CH3 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl
    Q699 —CH3 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol-5-yl
    Q700 —CH3 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-H-indol-
    3-yl]oxazol-2-yl
    Q701 —CH3 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    Q702 —CH3 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-
    phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl
    Q703 —CH3 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl
    Q704 —CH3 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl
    Q705 —CH3 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    Q706 —CH3 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q707 —CH3 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q708 —CH3 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q709 —CH3 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q710 —CH3 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q711 —CH3 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q712 —CH3 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q713 —CH2CH3 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl
    Q714 —CH2CH3 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol-5-yl
    Q715 —CH2CH3 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-H-indol-
    3-yl]oxazol-2-yl
    Q716 —CH2CH3 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    Q717 —CH2CH3 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-
    phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl
    Q718 —CH2CH3 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl
    Q719 —CH2CH3 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl
    Q720 —CH2CH3 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    Q721 —CH2CH3 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q722 —CH2CH3 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q723 —CH2CH3 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q724 —CH2CH3 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q725 —CH2CH3 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q726 —CH2CH3 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q727 —CH2CH3 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q728 cyclopropyl 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl
    Q729 cyclopropyl 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol-5-yl
    Q730 cyclopropyl 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-H-indol-
    3-yl]oxazol-2-yl
    Q731 cyclopropyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    Q732 cyclopropyl 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-
    phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl
    Q733 cyclopropyl 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl
    Q734 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl
    Q735 cyclopropyl 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    Q736 cyclopropyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q737 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q738 cyclopropyl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q739 cyclopropyl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q740 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q741 cyclopropyl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    Q742 cyclopropyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
  • Compounds according to the first aspect of Category IX which comprise a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-4-yl unit for R1 can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XVII and described herein below in Example 18.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00182
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00183
    • Example 18 (S)-4-(2-(2-Phenylthiazol-4-yl)2-(4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazole-5-ylamino)ethyl)phenylsulfamic Acid (45)
  • Preparation of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethanamine hydrobromide salt (42): A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 4-bromo-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate, 7, (1.62 g, 4.17 mmol) and thiobenzamide (0.63 g, 4.60 mmol) in CH3CN (5 mL) is refluxed for 24 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether (50 mL) is added to the solution. The precipitate which forms is collected by filtration. The solid is dried under vacuum to afford 1.2 g (67% yield) of the desired product. LC/MS ESI+ 326 (M+1).
  • Preparation of (S)-4-(1-isothiocyanato-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)-2-phenylthiazole (43): To a solution of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethanamine hydrobromide salt, 42, (726 mg, 1.79 mmol) and CaCO3 (716 mg, 7.16 mmol) in H2O (2 mL) is added CCl4 (3 mL) followed by thiophosgene (0.28 mL, 3.58 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours then diluted with CH2Cl2 and water. The layers are separated and the aqueous layer extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuo to a residue which is purified over silica (CH2Cl2) to afford 480 mg (73%) of the desired product as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.15 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.97-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.34 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 5.40-5.95 (m, 1H), 3.60 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.0 Hz).
  • Preparation of (S)-methyl 5-[1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethylamino]thiazole-4-carboxylate (44): To a suspension of potassium tert-butoxide (89 mg, 0.75 mmol) in THF (3 mL) is added methyl isocyanoacetate (65 μL, 0.68 mmol) followed by (S)-2-phenyl-4-(1-isothiocyanato-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)thiazole, 43, (250 mg, 0.68 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours then poured into sat. NaHCO3. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL) and the combined organic layers are washed with brine and dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue is purified over silica to afford 323 mg (˜100% yield) of the desired product as a slightly yellow solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.09-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.95-7 98 (m, 3H), 7.84 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.96 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 1H), 4.71-4.78 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.60 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.45 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.0 Hz, 1H).
  • Preparation of (S)-4-(2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)2-(4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazole-5-ylamino)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (45): (S)-methyl 5-[1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethylamino]thiazole-4-carboxylate, 44, (323 mg, 0.68 mmol) and tin (II) chloride (612 mg, 2.72 mmol) are dissolved in EtOH and the solution is brought to reflux. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the resulting residue is dissolved in EtOAc. A saturated solution of NaHCO3 is added and the solution is stirred 1 hour. The organic layer is separated and the aqueous layer extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic layers are dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated to a residue which is dissolved in pyridine (10 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (130 mg, 0.82 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 0.071 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.97-8.00 (m, 3H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.03-7.13 (m, 4H), 4.74 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.28-3.42 (m, 2H).
  • Compounds according to the first aspect of Category IX which comprise a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-2-yl unit for R1 can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XVIII and described herein below in Example 19. Intermediate 46 can be prepared according to Scheme II and Example 2 by substituting cyclopropane-carbothioic acid amide for thiophen-2-carbothioic acid amide.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00184
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00185
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00186
    • Example 19 4-{(S)-2-(2-Cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-[4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino]ethyl}phenylsulfamic Acid (50)
  • Preparation of (S)-1-(1-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)-thiourea (47): To a solution of (S)-1-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethan-amine hydrobromide hydrobromide salt, 32, (4.04 g, 10.9 mmol) and CaCO3 (2.18 g, 21.8 mmol) in CCl4/water (25 mL/20 mL) is added thiophosgene (1.5 g, 13.1 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours then diluted with CH2C2 and water. The layers are separated and the aqueous layer extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuo to a residue which is subsequently treated with ammonia (0.5M in 1,4-dioxane, 120 mL) which is purified over silica to afford 2.90 g of the desired product as a red-brown solid. LC/MS ESI− 347 (M−1).
  • Preparation of (S)-4-(3-methoxybenzyl)-N-(1-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)thiazol-2-amine (48): (S)-1-(1-(2-Cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)-thiourea, 47, (350 mg, 1.00 mmol) and 2-bromo-3′-methoxy-acetophenone (253 mg, 1.10 mmol) are combined in 3 mL CH3CN and heated to reflux for 24 hours. The mixture is concentrated and chromatographed to afford 0.172 g of the product as a yellow solid. LC/MS ESI+ 479 (M+1).
  • Preparation of 4-{(S)-2-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-[4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-thiazol-2-ylamino]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (49): (S)-4-(3-methoxybenzyl)-N-(1-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)thiazol-2-amine, 48, (0.172 g) is dissolved in 10 mL MeOH. A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in 5 mL pyridine and treated with SO3-pyridine (114 mg). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which 10 mL of a 7% solution of NH4OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse-phase chromatography to afford 0.033 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.33-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.10-6.97 (m, 5H), 6.84-6.80 (m, 2H), 5.02 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.82 (s, 1H), 3.18 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 2.36 (q, 1H, J=4.6 Hz), 1.20-1.13 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.99 (m, 2H).
  • The following are non-limiting examples of compounds encompassed within the first aspect of Category IX.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00187
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-((2-Methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl)thiazole-5-ylamino)2-(2-ethylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.08-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.99 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.58 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.14-3.28 (m, 2H), 3.06 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.41 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00188
  • (S)-4-(2-{5-[1-N-(2-Methoxy-2-oxoethylcarbamoyl)-1-H-indol-3-yl]oxazol-2-ylamino}-2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.63 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.18-7.29 (m, 4H), 7.02-7.16 (m, 4H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 5.04-5.09 (m, 1H), 4.85 (s, 3H), 3.27 (dd, J=13.5 and 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (m, J=13.5 and 8.1 Hz, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00189
  • 4-((S)-2-(5-(2-Methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.52 (dd, J=7.5 and 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.24 (m, 10H), 5.04-5.09 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.26 (dd, J=13.8 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (dd, J=13.8 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00190
  • 4-((S)-2-(5-((S)-1-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-2-phenylethyl)oxazole-2-ylamino)-2-(2-methylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.03-7.27 (m, 10H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 4.95-5.00 (m, 1H), 4.76 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (dd, J=14.1 and 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.00-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.90 (dd, J=14.1 and 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 1.37 (s, 9H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00191
  • (S)-{4-{2-[5-(4-Methoxycarbonyl)phenyl]oxazol-2-ylamino}-2-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.99 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.56-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.14 (m, 4H), 6.83 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.25-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00192
  • (S)-4-(2-(5-(3-Methoxybenzyl)oxazole-2-ylamino)-2-(2-methylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.03-7.28 (m, 8H), 6.79-6.83 (m, 1H), 5.70 (s, 1H), 4.99-5.06 (m, 2H), 4.41 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.27-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.03-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.71 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00193
  • (S)-4-(2-(2-Methylthiazole-4-yl)2-(5-phenyloxazole-2-ylamino)ethyl)phenyl-sulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.45 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.18-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.14 (m, 6H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 5.04-5.09 (m, 1H), 3.26 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.3 Hz, 1H), 2.70 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00194
  • 4-((S)-2-(2-Cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino)-ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.33-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.10-6.97 (m, 5H), 6.84-6.80 (m, 2H), 5.02 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.82 (s, 1H), 3.18 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 2.36 (q, 1H, J=4.6 Hz), 1.20-1.13 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.99 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00195
  • (S)-4-(2-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.79-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.03 (m, 7H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 5.08 (t, 1H, J=6.6 Hz), 3.29-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.40 (q, 2.40, J=5.1 Hz), 1.23-1.18 (m, 2H), 1.08-1.02 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00196
  • 4-((S)-2-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino)-ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.89-7.87 (d, 1H, J=7.6 Hz), 7.28 (t, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 7.10-6.96 (m, 8H), 5.03 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.90 (s, 1H), 3.19 (q, 2H, J=6.6 Hz), 2.38 (q, 1H, J=4.8 Hz), 1.21-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.06-1.00 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00197
  • 4-((S)-2-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino)-ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.06-8.02 (q, 2H, J=6.9 Hz), 7.12-6.95 (m, 7H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 5.11 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.22-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.38 (q, 1H, J=4.8 Hz), 1.22-1.15 (m, 2H), 1.06-1.02 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00198
  • (S)-4-(2-(4-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-cyclopropylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.22-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.09-6.97 (m, 5H), 6.78-6.66 (m, 3H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.20-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.35 (q, 1H, J=4.8 Hz), 1.19-1.13 (m, 2H), 1.03-1.00 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00199
  • (S)-{5-[1-(2-Ethylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-sulfoaminophenyl)ethylamino]-2-methyl-2H-[1,2,4]triazole-3-yl}carbamic acid methyl ester: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 6.97-7.08 (m, 5H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.15 (dd, J=13.5 and 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.02-3.07 (m, 3H), 1.40 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 3H).
  • The second aspect of Category V of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00200
  • wherein R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl and R4 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl as further described herein below in Table XVIII.
  • TABLE XVIII
    No. R4 R1
    R743 phenyl 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl
    R744 phenyl 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol-5-yl
    R745 phenyl 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-H-indol-
    3-yl]oxazol-2-yl
    R746 phenyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    R747 phenyl 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-
    phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl
    R748 phenyl 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl
    R749 phenyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl
    R750 phenyl 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    R751 phenyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R752 phenyl 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R753 phenyl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R754 phenyl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R755 phenyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R756 phenyl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R757 phenyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R758 thiophen-2-yl 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl
    R759 thiophen-2-yl 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol-5-yl
    R760 thiophen-2-yl 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-H-indol-
    3-yl]oxazol-2-yl
    R761 thiophen-2-yl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    R762 thiophen-2-yl 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-
    phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl
    R763 thiophen-2-yl 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl
    R764 thiophen-2-yl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl
    R765 thiophen-2-yl 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    R766 thiophen-2-yl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R767 thiophen-2-yl 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R768 thiophen-2-yl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R769 thiophen-2-yl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R770 thiophen-2-yl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R771 thiophen-2-yl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R772 thiophen-2-yl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R773 cyclopropyl 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl
    R774 cyclopropyl 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol-5-yl
    R775 cyclopropyl 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-H-indol-
    3-yl]oxazol-2-yl
    R776 cyclopropyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    R777 cyclopropyl 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-
    phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl
    R778 cyclopropyl 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl
    R779 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl
    R780 cyclopropyl 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    R781 cyclopropyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R782 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R783 cyclopropyl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R784 cyclopropyl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R785 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R786 cyclopropyl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    R787 cyclopropyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
  • Compounds according to the second aspect of Category IX which comprise a substituted or unsubstituted thiazol-4-yl unit for R1 can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Schemes XIX, XX, and XXI and described herein below in Examples 20, 21, and 22.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00201
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00202
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00203
    • Example 20 (S)-4-(2-(5-Methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic Acid (55)
  • Preparation of [3-diazo-1-(4-nitrobenzyl)-2-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (50): To a 0° C. solution of 2-(S)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-propionic acid (1.20 g, 4.0 mmol) in THF (20 mL) is added dropwise triethylamine (0.61 mL, 4.4 mmol) followed by iso-butyl chloroformate (0.57 mL, 4.4 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes then filtered. The filtrate is treated with an ether solution of diazomethane (˜16 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and concentrated. The residue is dissolved in EtOAc and washed successively with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue is purified over silica (hexane/EtOAc 2:1) to afford 1.1 g (82% yield) of the desired product as a slightly yellow solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.16 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.39 (s, 1H), 5.16 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (s, 1H), 3.25 (dd, J=13.8 and 6.6, 1H), 3.06 (dd, J=13.5 and 6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.41 (s, 9H).
  • Preparation of [3-bromo-1-(4-nitro-benzyl)-2-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (51): To a 0° C. solution of [3-diazo-1-(4-nitrobenzyl)-2-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 50, (0.350 g, 1.04 mmol) in THF (5 mL) is added dropwise 48% aq. HBr (0.14 mL, 1.25 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 hours and quenched at 0° C. with saturated aqueous Na2CO3. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL) and the combined organic extracts are washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 0.400 g of the desired product that is used in the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.20 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.06 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.80 (q, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (s, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H).
  • Preparation of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethanamine hydrobromide salt (52): A mixture of [3-bromo-1-(4-nitro-benzyl)-2-oxo-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 51, (1.62 g, 4.17 mmol) and benzothioamide (0.630 g, 4.59 mmol), in CH3CN (5 mL) is refluxed for 24 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether (50 mL) is added to the solution and the precipitate that forms is collected by filtration. The solid is dried under vacuum to afford 1.059 g (63%) of the desired product. ESI+ MS 326 (M+1).
  • Preparation of (S)-4-[1-isothiocyanato-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethyl]-2-phenylthiazole (53): To a solution of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethanamine hydrobromide salt, 52, (2.03 g, 5 mmol) and CaCO3 (1 g, 10 mmol) in CCl4/water (10:7.5 mL) is added thiophosgene (0.46 mL, 6 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours then diluted with CH2Cl2 and water. The layers are separated and the aqueous layer extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuo to a residue that is purified over silica (CH2Cl2) to afford 1.71 g (93% yield) of the desired product. ESI+ MS 368 (M+1).
  • Preparation of (S)-5-methyl-N-[2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-amine (54): A solution of (S)-4-[1-isothiocyanato-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-ethyl]-2-phenylthiazole, 53, (332 mg, 0.876 mmol) and acetic hydrazide (65 mg, 0.876 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) is refluxed for 2 hours. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure, the residue is dissolved in POCl3 (3 mL) and the resulting solution is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours after which the solution is heated to 50° C. for 2 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is dissolved in EtOAc (40 mL) and the resulting solution is treated with 1N NaOH until the pH remains approximately 8. The solution is extracted with EtOAc. The combined aqueous layers are washed with EtOAc, the organic layers combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 0.345 g (93% yield) of the desired product as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) 8.09 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (m, 2H), 7.46 (m, 4H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 5.23 (m, 1H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H). ESI+ MS 424 (M+1).
  • Preparation of (S)-4-[2-(5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid (55): (S)-5-Methyl-N-[2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-amine, 54, (0.404 g, 0.954 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (5 mL). Pd/C (50 mg, 10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere until the reaction is judged to be complete. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (4 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.304 g, 1.91 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH (50 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to afford 0.052 g (11% yield) of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.00-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.11-7.04 (q, 4H, J=9.0 Hz), 5.18 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.34-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H). ESI− MS 472 (M−1).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00204
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00205
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00206
    • Example 21 4-{(S)-2-[4-(2-Methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino)-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic Acid (58)
  • Preparation of (S)-1-[1-(thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-thiourea (56): To a solution of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)ethanamine hydrobromide salt, 8, (1.23 g, 2.98 mmol) and CaCO3 (0.597 g, 5.96 mmol) in CCl4/water (10 mL/5 mL) is added thiophosgene (0.412 g, 3.58 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours then diluted with CH2Cl2 and water. The layers are separated and the aqueous layer extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuo to a residue which is subsequently treated with ammonia (0.5M in 1,4-dioxane, 29.4 mL, 14.7 mmol) which is purified over silica to afford 0.490 g of the desired product as a red-brown solid. ESI+ MS 399 (M+1).
  • Preparation of 4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-N—{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}thiazol-2-amine (57): (S)-1-[1-(thiophen-2-ylthiazol-4-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-thiourea, 56, (265 mg, 0.679 mmol) is treated with bromo-2′-methoxyacetophenone (171 mg, 0.746 mmol) to afford 0.221 g of the product as a yellow solid. ESI+ MS 521 (M+1).
  • Preparation on 4-{(S)-2-[4-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino)-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (58): 4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-N—{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}thiazol-2-amine, 57, (0.229 g) is dissolved in 12 mL MeOH. A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in 6 mL pyridine and treated with SO3-pyridine (140 mg). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which 10 mL of a 7% solution of NH4OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse-phase chromatography to afford 0.033 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.96-7.93 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.18-6.95 (m, 9H), 5.15 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.35-3.24 (m, 2H).
  • Compounds according to the second aspect of Category IX which comprise a substituted or unsubstituted oxazol-2-yl unit for R1 can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XXI and described herein below in Example 22. Intermediate 39 can be prepared according to Scheme XVII and Example 18.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00207
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00208
    • Example 22 4-({(S)-2-[5-(3-Methoxyphenyl)oxazole-2-ylamino]-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic Acid (61)
  • Preparation of [5-(3-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl]-[2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl) ethyl]amine (60): A mixture of (S)-4-(isothiocyanato-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl)-2-phenylthiazole, 53, (300 mg, 0.81 mmol), 1-azido-1-(3-methoxyphenyl)ethanone (382 mg, 2.0 mmol) and PPh3 (0.8 g, polymer bound, ˜3 mmol/g) in dioxane (6 mL) is heated at 90° C. for 20 minutes. The reaction solution is cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed in vacuo and the resulting residue is purified over silica to afford 300 mg (74% yield) of the desired product as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 8.02 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.92-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.27 (m, 3H), 6.69-7.03 (m, 4H), 6.75-6.78 (m, 1H), 5.26 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 4H), 3.42-3.45 (m, 2H).
  • Preparation of 4-{(S)-2-[5-(3-methoxyphenyl)oxazole-2-ylamino]-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid (61): [5-(3-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl]-[2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl) ethyl]amine, 60, (300 mg, 0.60 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (15 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (10 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (190 mg, 1.2 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse-phase chromatography to afford 0.042 g of the desired product as the ammonium salt. 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.99 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.04-7.12 (m, 6H), 6.78 (dd, J=8.4 and 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=13.8 and 8.1 Hz, 1H).
  • The following are non-limiting examples of the second aspect of Category IX of the present disclosure.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00209
  • (S)-4-(2-(5-Phenyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl)-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.97-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.73-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 6H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.12 (s, 4H), 5.29 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.35-3.26 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00210
  • 4-((S)-2-(5-Propyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.59-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.03 (m, 6H), 5.13 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.32-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.81 (t, 2H, J=7.4 Hz), 1.76-1.63 (h, 6H, J=7.4 Hz), 0.97 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00211
  • 4-((S)-2-(5-Benzyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ (m, 2H), 7.49-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.16 (m, 5H), 7.05-6.94 (m, 6H), 5.04 (t, 1H, J=7.1 Hz), 4.07 (s, 2H), 3.22-3.04 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00212
  • 4-((S)-2-(5-(Naphthalen-1-ylmethyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.08-8.05 (m, 1H), 7.89-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.43 (m, 6H), 7.11-7.00 (m, 6H), 5.08 (t, 1H, J=7.1 Hz), 4.63 (s, 2H), 3.26-3.08 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00213
  • 4-((S)-2-(5-((Methoxycarbonyl)methyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.48-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.03-6.92 (m, 6H), 5.02 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.30 (s, 2H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.22-3.02 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00214
  • 4-((S)-2-(5-((2-Methylthiazol-4-yl)methyl))-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.60-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.03 (q, 4H, J=8.7 Hz), 5.14 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.28 (s, 2H), 3.33-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.67 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00215
  • 4-{(S)-2-[4-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.06-8.02 (q, 1H, J=6.8 Hz), 7.59-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.08 (m, 6H), 7.01-6.88 (m, 4H), 5.20 (t, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 3.36-3.17 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00216
  • (S)-4-{2-[4-(Ethoxycarbonyl)thiazol-2-ylamino]-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.02-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.45 (m, 4H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.08 (s, 4H), 5.26 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 4.35-4.28 (q, 2H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.38-3.18 (m, 2H), 1.36 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00217
  • (S)-4-{2-[4-(2-Ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)thiazol-2-ylamino]-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.96 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.04 (m, 4H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 5.09 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 4.17-4.10 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 3.54 (s, 2H), 3.35-3.14 (m, 2H), 1.22 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00218
  • (S)-4-{2-[4-(4-acetamidophenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino]-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.11 (m, 2H), 7.82-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.71-7.61 (m, 6H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.23 (s, 4H), 5.32 (t, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 3.51-3.35 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00219
  • (S)-4-[2-(4-phenylthiazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.03-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.75-7.72 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.53-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.42 (m, 4H), 7.12 (s, 4H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 5.23 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.40-3.27 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00220
  • (S)-4-{2-[4-(4-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)thiazol-2-ylamino]-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.04-8.00 (m, 4H), 7.92-7.89 (d, 2H, J=9.0 Hz), 7.53-7.49 (m, 3H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 4H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 5.28 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.35-3.24 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00221
  • 4-{(S)-2-[4-(Ethoxycarbonyl)thiazol-2-ylamino]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.43-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.00-6.94 (m, 3H), 6.89 (s, 4H), 5.02 (t, 1H, J=7.0 Hz), 4.16-4.09 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 3.14-2.94 (m, 2H), 1.17 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00222
  • (S)-4-[2-(4-(Methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-ylamino)-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.97-8.00 (m, 3H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.03-7.13 (m, 4H), 4.74 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.28-3.42 (m, 2H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00223
  • (S)-4-[2-(5-Phenyloxazol-2-ylamino)-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl]-phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.94-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.49 (m, 5H), 7.32 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.19 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (s, 4H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 5.15 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.34 (dd, J=14.1 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.18 (dd, J=14.1 and 8.4 Hz, 1H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00224
  • (S)-4-{2-[5-(4-Acetamidophenyl)oxazol-2-ylamino]-2-(2-phenylthiazol-4-yl)ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.92-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.12 (s, 4H), 7.02 (s, 1H0), 5.14 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.13-3.38 (m, 2H), 2.11 (s, 3H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00225
  • 4-((S)-2-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)oxazole-2-ylamino)-2-(2-phenylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.97-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.12 (s, 4H), 6.97-7.06 (m, 3H), 5.15-5.20 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.20 (dd, J=13.8 and 8.4 Hz, 1H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00226
  • 4-{(S)-2-[5-(3-Methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-ylamino]-2-[(2-thiophen-2-yl)thiazole-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.55-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.26 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.04-7.15 (m, 8H), 6.77-6.81 (m, 1H), 5.10 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J=14.1 and 8.4 Hz, 1H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00227
  • (S)-4-[2-(4,6-Dimethylpyrimidin-2-ylamino)-2-(2-methylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.00-7.10 (m, 5H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 5.50 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.04-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 6H).
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00228
  • (S)-4-[2-(4-Hydroxy-6-methylpyrimidine-2-ylamino)-2-(2-methylthiazole-4-yl)ethyl]phenylsulfamic acid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.44 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.97-7.10 (m, 4H), 5.61 (s, 1H), 5.40-5.49 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.13 (s, 3H).
  • The first aspect of Category X of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00229
  • wherein R1 is heteroaryl and R4 is further described herein below in Table XIX.
  • TABLE XIX
    No. R4 R1
    S788 phenyl 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl
    S789 phenyl 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol-5-yl
    S790 phenyl 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-H-indol-
    3-yl]oxazol-2-yl
    S791 phenyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    S792 phenyl 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-
    phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl
    S793 phenyl 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl
    S794 phenyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl
    S795 phenyl 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    S796 phenyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S797 phenyl 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S798 phenyl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S799 phenyl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S800 phenyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S801 phenyl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S802 phenyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S803 thiophen-2-yl 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl
    S804 thiophen-2-yl 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol-5-yl
    S805 thiophen-2-yl 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-H-indol-
    3-yl]oxazol-2-yl
    S806 thiophen-2-yl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    S807 thiophen-2-yl 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-
    phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl
    S808 thiophen-2-yl 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl
    S809 thiophen-2-yl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl
    S810 thiophen-2-yl 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    S811 thiophen-2-yl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S812 thiophen-2-yl 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S813 thiophen-2-yl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S814 thiophen-2-yl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S815 thiophen-2-yl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S816 thiophen-2-yl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S817 thiophen-2-yl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S818 cyclopropyl 4-(methoxycarbonyl)thiazol-5-yl
    S819 cyclopropyl 4-[(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)carbamoyl]thiazol-5-yl
    S820 cyclopropyl 5-[1-N-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-H-indol-
    3-yl]oxazol-2-yl
    S821 cyclopropyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    S822 cyclopropyl 5-[(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-
    phenylethyl]oxazol-2-yl
    S823 cyclopropyl 5-[4-(methylcarboxy)phenyl]oxazol-2-yl
    S824 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)oxazol-2-yl
    S825 cyclopropyl 5-(4-phenyl)oxazol-2-yl
    S826 cyclopropyl 5-(2-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S827 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S828 cyclopropyl 5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S829 cyclopropyl 5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S830 cyclopropyl 5-(3-methoxybenzyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S831 cyclopropyl 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)thiazol-2-yl
    S832 cyclopropyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-yl
  • Compounds according to the first aspect of Category X can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XXII and described herein below in Example 23.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00230
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00231
    • Example 23 4-((S)-2-(2-(3-Chlorophenyl)acetamido)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)oxazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic Acid (64)
  • Preparation of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[(thiophen-2-yl)oxazol-4-yl]ethanamine hydrobromide salt (62): A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 4-bromo-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-3-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate, 7, (38.7 g, 100 mmol), and thiophen-2-carboxamide (14 g, 110 mmol) (available from Alfa Aesar) in CH3CN (500 mL) is refluxed for 5 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether (200 mL) is added to the solution. The precipitate which forms is collected by filtration. The solid is dried under vacuum to afford the desired product which can be used for the next step without purification.
  • Preparation of 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-N—{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)oxazol-4-yl]ethyl}acetamide (63): To a solution of (S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[(thiophen-2-yl)oxazol-4-yl]ethanamine HBr, 47, (3.15 g, 10 mmol) 3-chlorophenyl-acetic acid (1.70 g, 10 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.70 g, 5.0 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) at 0° C., is added 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (1.90 g, 10 mmol) followed by triethylamine (4.2 mL, 30 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford the desired product which is used without further purification.
  • Preparation of —((S)-2-(2-(3-chlorophenyl)acetamido)-2-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)oxazol-4-yl)ethyl)phenylsulfamic acid (64): 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-N—{(S)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-1-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)oxazol-4-yl]ethyl}acetamide, 63, (3 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.157 g). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue can be purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • The second aspect of Category X of the present disclosure relates to compounds having the formula:
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00232
  • wherein R1 is aryl and R2 and R3 are further described herein below in Table XX.
  • TABLE XX
    No. R2 R3 R1
    T833 methyl hydrogen phenyl
    T834 methyl hydrogen benzyl
    T835 methyl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl
    T836 methyl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl
    T837 methyl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl
    T838 methyl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl
    T839 methyl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl
    T840 methyl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl
    T841 ethyl hydrogen phenyl
    T842 ethyl hydrogen benzyl
    T843 ethyl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl
    T844 ethyl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl
    T845 ethyl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl
    T846 ethyl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl
    T847 ethyl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl
    T848 ethyl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl
    T849 thien-2-yl hydrogen phenyl
    T850 thien-2-yl hydrogen benzyl
    T851 thien-2-yl hydrogen 2-fluorophenyl
    T852 thien-2-yl hydrogen 3-fluorophenyl
    T853 thien-2-yl hydrogen 4-fluorophenyl
    T854 thien-2-yl hydrogen 2-chlorophenyl
    T855 thien-2-yl hydrogen 3-chlorophenyl
    T856 thiene-2-yl hydrogen 4-chlorophenyl
  • Compounds according to the second aspect of Category X can be prepared by the procedure outlined in Scheme XXIII and described herein below in Example 24.
  • Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00233
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00234
    • Example 24 {4-[2-(S)-(4-Ethyloxazol-2-yl)-2-phenylacetylaminoethyl]-phenyl}sulfamic Acid (67)
  • Preparation of (S)-1-(4-ethyloxazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethanamine (65): A mixture of [1-(S)-carbamoyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester, 1, (10 g, 32.3 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-butanone (90%, 4.1 mL, 36 mmol) in CH3CN (500 mL) is refluxed for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and diethyl ether is added to the solution and the precipitate which forms is removed by filtration and is used without further purification.
  • Preparation of N-[1-(4-ethyloxazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2-phenyl-acetamide (66): To a solution of (S)-1-(4-ethyloxazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethanamine, 65, (2.9 g, 11 mmol), phenylacetic acid (1.90 g, 14 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.94 g, 7.0 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) at 0° C., is added 1-(3-dimethylamino-propyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (EDCI) (2.68 g, 14 mmol) followed by triethylamine (6.0 mL, 42 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase is washed with 1 N aqueous HCl, 5% aqueous NaHCO3, water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed in vacuo to afford the desired product which is used without further purification.
  • Preparation of {4-[2-(S)-(4-ethyloxazol-2-yl)-2-phenylacetylaminoethyl]-phenyl}sulfamic acid (67): N-[1-(4-ethyloxazol-2-yl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl]-2-phenyl-acetamide, 66, (0.260 g) is dissolved in MeOH (4 mL). A catalytic amount of Pd/C (10% w/w) is added and the mixture is stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere 18 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of CELITE™ and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is dissolved in pyridine (12 mL) and treated with SO3-pyridine (0.177 g, 1.23). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes after which a 7% solution of NH4OH (10 mL) is added. The mixture is then concentrated and the resulting residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford the desired product as the ammonium salt.
  • Non-limiting examples of the HPTP-β (IC50 μM) activity for the disclosed compounds are listed in Table XXI. HPTP-β inhibition can be tested by any method chosen by the formulator, for example, Amarasinge K. K. et al., “Design and Synthesis of Potent, Non-peptidic Inhibitors of HPTPbeta” Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 2006 Aug. 15; 16(16):4252-6. Epub 2006 Jun. 12. Erratum in: Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 2008 Aug. 15; 18(16):4745. Evidokimov, Artem G [corrected to Evdokimov, Artem G]: PMID: 16759857; and Klopfenstein S. R. et al. “1,2,3,4-Tetrahydroisoquinolinyl Sulfamic Acids as Phosphatase PTP1B Inhibitors” Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 2006 Mar. 15; 16(6):1574-8, both of which are included herein by reference in their entirety.
  • TABLE XXI
    HPTPβ
    No. Compound IC50 μM
    AA1
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00235
         		0.000157
    AA2
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00236
         		0.004
    AA3
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00237
         		0.031
    AA4
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00238
         		<5 × 10−8
    AA5
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00239
         		<5 × 10−8
    AA6
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00240
         		0.000162
    AA7
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00241
         		0.006
    AA8
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00242
         		0.001
    AA9
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00243
         		0.0001
    AA10
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00244
         		0.0002
    AA11
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00245
         		0.00001
    AA12
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00246
         		<5 × 10−8
    AA13
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00247
         		0.001
    AA14
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00248
         		0.0001
    AA15
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00249
         		0.0003
    AA16
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00250
         		0.00008
    AA17
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00251
         		0.001
    AA18
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00252
         		0.0002
    AA19
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00253
         		0.0003
    AA20
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00254
         		<5 × 10−8
    AA21
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00255
         		<2 × 10−6
    AA22
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00256
         		<5 × 10−8
    AA23
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00257
         		0.00009
    AA24
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00258
         		0.001
    AA25
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00259
         		0.0004
    AA26
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00260
         		<5 × 10−8
    AA27
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00261
         		0.00014
    AA28
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00262
         		0.0001
    AA29
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00263
         		0.001
    AA30
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00264
         		0.0002
    AA31
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00265
         		0.00008
    AA32
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00266
         		0.002
    AA33
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00267
         		7 × 10−7
    AA34
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00268
         		5 × 10−8
    AA35
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00269
         		<5 × 10−8
    AA36
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00270
         		<5 × 10−8
    AA37
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00271
         		0.0004
    AA38
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00272
         		0.003
    AA39
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00273
         		0.001
    AA40
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00274
         		0.0003
    AA41
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00275
         		0.00024
    AA42
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00276
         		0.006
    AA43
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00277
         		0.028
    AA44
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00278
         		0.020
    AA45
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00279
         		0.003
    AA46
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00280
         		0.001
    AA47
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00281
         		0.0003
    AA48
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00282
         		0.0003
    AA49
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00283
         		<5 × 10−8
    AA50
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00284
         		0.028
    AA51
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00285
         		0.049
    AA52
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00286
         		0.112
    AA53
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00287
         		0.085
    AA54
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00288
         		0.266
    AA55
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00289
         		0.584
    AA56
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00290
         		0.042
    AA57
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00291
         		0.110
    AA58
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00292
         		0.086
    AA59
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00293
         		0.113
    AA60
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00294
         		0.132
    AA61
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00295
         		0.138
    AA62
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00296
         		0.098
    AA63
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00297
         		0.381
    AA64
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00298
         		0.033
    AA65
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00299
         		0.04
    AA66
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00300
         		0.027
    AA67
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00301
         		0.18
    AA68
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00302
         		0.644
    AA69
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00303
         		0.167
    AA70
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00304
         		0.132
    AA71
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00305
         		0.555
    AA72
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00306
         		0.308
    AA73
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00307
         		0.253
    AA74
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00308
         		0.045
    AA75
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00309
         		0.05
    AA76
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00310
         		0.012
    AA77
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00311
         		0.0003
    AA78
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00312
         		0.028
    AA79
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00313
         		0.075
    AA80
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00314
         		0.056
    AA81
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00315
         		0.033
    AA82
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00316
         		0.04
    AA83
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00317
         		0.014
    AA84
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00318
         		0.008
    AA85
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00319
         		0.002
    AA86
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00320
         		0.028
    AA87
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00321
         		0.037
    AA88
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00322
         		0.0002
    AA89
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00323
         		0.003
    AA90
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00324
         		0.01
    AA91
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00325
         		0.006
    AA92
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00326
         		0.002
    AA93
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00327
         		0.002
    AA94
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00328
         		0.042
    AA95
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00329
         		0.003
    AA96
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00330
         		0.046
    AA97
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00331
         		0.0002
    AA98
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00332
         		0.0006
    AA99
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00333
         		0.002
    AA100
    Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00334
         		9 × 10−6
    • Methods
  • Disclosed are methods for the treatment of diseases or conditions of the eye, especially diabetic macular edema, age-related macular degeneration (wet form), choroidal neovascularization, diabetic retinopathy, ocular ischemia, uveitis, retinal vein occlusion (central or branch), ocular trauma, surgery induced edema, surgery induced neovascularization, cystoid macular edema, ocular ischemia, uveitis, and the like. These diseases or conditions are characterized by changes in the ocular vasculature whether progressive or non-progressive, whether a result of an acute disease or condition, or a chronic disease or condition. These diseases are characterized by an increased level of plasma Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor. As such, the present methods are directed to co-administration of the disclosed compounds which stabilizes the vasculature against leakage and one or more anti-VEGF agents.
  • One aspect of the disclosed methods relates to diseases that are a direct or indirect result of diabetes, inter alia, diabetic macular edema and diabetic retinopathy. The ocular vasculature of the diabetic becomes unstable over time leading to conditions such as non-proliferative retinopathy, macular edema, and proliferative retinopathy. As fluid leaks into the center of the macula, the part of the eye where sharp, straight-ahead vision occurs, the buildup of fluid and the associated protein begin to deposit on or under the macula. This results in swelling that causes the subject's central vision to gradually become distorted. This condition is referred to as “macular edema.” Another condition that may occur is non-proliferative retinopathy in which vascular changes, such as microaneurysms, outside the macular region of the eye may be observed.
  • These conditions may or may not progress to diabetic proliferative retinopathy which is characterized by increased neovascularization. These new blood vessels are fragile and are susceptible to bleeding. The result is scaring of the retina, as well as occlusion or total blockage of the light pathway through the eye due to the over formation of new blood vessels. Typically subjects having diabetic macular edema are suffering from the non-proliferative stage of diabetic retinopathy; however, it is not uncommon for subjects to only begin manifesting macular edema at the onset of the proliferative stage.
  • Diabetic retinopathy is the most common cause of vision loss in working-aged Americans (Klein R et al., “The Wisconsin Epidemiologic Study of Diabetic Retinopathy. II. Prevalence and risk of diabetic retinopathy when age at diagnosis is less than 30 years,” Arch. Ophthalmol. 1984, 102:520-526). Severe vision loss occurs due to tractional retinal detachments that complicate retinal neovascularization (NV), but the most common cause of moderate vision loss is diabetic macular edema (DME). The pathogenesis of diabetic macular edema is not completely understood, but hypoxia is a contributing factor (Nguyen Q D et al., “Supplemental inspired oxygen improves diabetic macular edema; a pilot study,” Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 2003, 45:617-624). Vascular endothelial growth factor (Vegf) is a hypoxia-regulated gene and VEGF levels are increased in hypoxic or ischemic retina. Injection of VEGF into mouse eyes causes breakdown of the inner blood-retinal barrier (See, Derevjanik N L et al. Quantitative assessment of the integrity of the blood-retinal barrier in mice, Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 2002, 43:2462-2467) and sustained release of VEGF in the eyes of monkeys causes macular edema (Ozaki H et al., “Intravitreal sustained release of VEGF causes retinal neovascularization in rabbits and breakdown of the blood-retinal barrier in rabbits and primates,” Exp Eye Res 1997, 64:505-517). This combination of observations in patients and animal models led to the hypothesis that VEGF plays an important role in the pathogenesis of diabetic macular edema. This hypothesis has been confirmed by several clinical trials that have shown that VEGF antagonists reduce foveal thickening and improve vision in patients with diabetic macular edema (Nguyen Q D et al., “Vascular endothelial growth factor is a critical stimulus for diabetic macular edema,” Am. J. Ophthalmol. 2006, 142:961-969; and Nguyen Q D et al. “Primary End Point (Six Months) Results of the Ranibizumab for Edema of the mAcula in Diabetes (READ-2) Study,” Ophthalmology 2009, 116:2175-2181).
  • The effects of VEGF on vascular endothelial cells are modulated by Tie2 receptors, which are selectively expressed on vascular endothelial cells and are required for embryonic vascular development (Dumont D J et al., “Dominant-negative and targeted null mutations in the endothelial receptor tyrosine kinase, tek, reveal a critical role in vasculogenesis of the embryo,” Genes Dev. 1994, 8:1897-1909). Angiopoietin 1 (Ang1) binds Tie2 with high affinity and initiates phosphorylation and downstream signaling (Davis S et al., “Isolation of angiopoietin-1, a ligand for the TIE2 receptor, by secretion-trap expression cloning,” Cell 1996, 87:1161-1169). Mice deficient in Ang1 die around E12.5 with vascular defects similar to, but less severe than those seen in Tie2-deficient mice. Angiopoietin 2 (Ang2) binds Tie2 with high affinity, but does not stimulate phosphorylation in cultured endothelial cells. It acts as a competitive inhibitor of Ang1 and transgenic mice overexpressing Ang2 have a phenotype similar to Ang1-deficient mice. Several lines of evidence indicate that Ang2 is a developmentally- and hypoxia-regulated permissive factor for VEGF-induced neovascularization in the retina (Hackett S F et al., “Angiopoietin 2 expression in the retina: upregulation during physiologic and pathologic neovascularization,” J. Cell. Physiol. 2000, 184:275-284). Double transgenic Tet/opsin ang2 and Tet/opsin ang1 mice with inducible expression of Ang2 or Ang1, respectively, have also helped to elucidate the role of Tie2 in the retina (Nambu H et al., “Angiopoietin 1 inhibits ocular neovascularization and breakdown of the blood-retinal barrier,” Gene Ther. 2004, 11:865-873). In mice with ischemic retinopathy, increased expression of Ang2 when VEGF is high (P12-17) increases retinal neovascularization, but increased expression at P20 when VEGF levels have come down, hastens regression of retinal neovascularization and findings were similar in other models of ocular neovascularization. In contrast, increased expression of Ang1 suppressed neovascularization and reduced vascular leakage in several models. Therefore, Ang2 reduces stabilizing signals from the matrix making endothelial cells dependent upon VEGF and other soluble stimulators; when VEGF is high, neovascularization is stimulated and when VEGF is low, neovascularization regresses. In contrast, Ang1 increases stabilizing signals from the matrix and makes the vasculature unresponsive to soluble stimulators like VEGF.
  • Angiopoietin 2 binds Tie2, but does not stimulate phosphorylation and therefore acts as an antagonist under most circumstances. In the eye, angiopoietin 2 is upregulated at sites of neovascularization and acts as a permissive factor for VEGF. Increased expression of VEGF in the retina does not stimulate sprouting of neovascularization from the superficial or intermediate capillary beds of the retina or the choriocapillaris, but does stimulate sprouting from the deep capillary bed where there is constitutive expression of angiopoietin 2 (Hackett S F et al., “Angiopoietin-2 plays an important role in retinal angiogenesis,” J. Cell. Physiol. 2002, 192:182-187). Co-expression of VEGF and angiopoietin 2 at the surface of the retina causes sprouting of neovascularization from the superficial retinal capillaries (Oshima Y et al., “Angiopoietin-2 enhances retinal vessel sensitivity to vascular endothelial growth factor,” J. Cell. Physiol. 2004, 199:412-417). In double transgenic mice with inducible expression of angiopoietin 2 in the retina, expression of angiopoietin 2 when VEGF levels were high markedly enhanced neovascularization and expression of angiopoietin 2 when VEGF levels were low caused regression of neovascularization. In double transgenic mice with inducible expression of angiopoietin 1, the induced expression of angiopoietin 1 in the retina strongly suppressed VEGF-induced vascular leakage or neovascularization (Nambu H et al., “Angiopoietin 1 inhibits ocular neovascularization and breakdown of the blood-retinal barrier,” Gene Ther. 2004, 11:865-873). In fact, in mice with high expression of VEGF in the retina which develop severe NV and retinal detachment, angiopoietin 1 is able to prevent the VEGF-induced detachments.
  • Regulation of Tie2 also occurs through an endothelial-specific phosphatase, vascular endothelial protein tyrosine phosphatase (VE-PTP) in mice (Fachinger G et al., “Functional interaction of vascular endothelial-protein-tyrosine phosphatase with the angiopoietin receptor Tie-2,” Oncogene 1999, 18:5948-5943) and its human orthologue human protein tyrosine phosphatase-β (HPTP-β) (Krueger N X et al., “Structural diversity and evolution of human receptor-like protein tyrosine phosphatases,” EMBO J. 1990, 9:3241-3252). Mice deficient in VE-PTP die at E10 with severe defects in vascular remodeling and maturation of developing vasculature. Silencing of HPTP-β in cultured human endothelial cells, enhances Ang1-induced phosphorylation of Tie2 and survival-promoting activity while hypoxia increases expression of HPTP-β and reduces Ang1-induced phosphorylation of Tie2 (Yacyshyn O K et al., “Thyrosine phosphatase beta regulates angiopoietin-Tie2 signaling in human endothelial cells,” Angiogenesis 2009, 12:25-33).
  • Diabetic retinopathy, if left untreated, can lead ultimately to blindness. Indeed, diabetic retinopathy is the leading cause of blindness in working-age populations.
  • Therefore, the disclosed methods relate to preventing, treating, controlling, abating, and/or otherwise minimizing ocular neovascularization in a subject having diabetes or a subject diagnosed with diabetes. In addition, subjects having or subjects diagnosed with diabetes can be alerted to or can be made aware of the risks of developing diabetes-related blindness, therefore the present methods can be used to prevent or delay the onset of non-proliferative retinopathy in subjects known to be at risk. Likewise, the present methods can be used for treating subjects having or being diagnosed with non-proliferative diabetic retinopathy to prevent progression of the condition.
  • The disclosed methods relate to preventing or controlling ocular neovascularization or treating a disease or condition that is related to the onset of ocular neovascularization by administering to a subject the disclosed compounds and one or more anti-VEGF agents as disclosed herein.
  • Unlike previous ocular treatments which comprise administration of an anti-VEGF agent, inter alia, ranibizumab (Lucentis™), bevacizumab (Avastin™) and aflibercept (Eylea™), wherein these vascular leak inhibitors are injected directly into the eye itself, the disclosed compounds acts systemically. The disclosed compounds can be used to increase or enhance the effect of anti-VEGF agents, thereby improving the rate and magnitude of the response and reducing the number of treatments.
  • In one aspect, the disclosed compounds is administered in combination with one or more pharmaceutical compounds or compositions useful for treating ocular diseases. In a first embodiment, the present disclosure relates to a method for treating an ocular disease, comprising administering:
      • a) 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; and
      • b) ranibizumab.
  • The compounds can be administered in any order convenient to the user or to the subject receiving treatment. In one iteration of this embodiment the disclosed compounds is administered first followed by administration of ranibizumab. In another iteration of this embodiment ranibizumab is administered first followed by administration of the disclosed compounds. The time period between dosing/administration of the first component of treatment can be any time period convenient to the formulator or subject receiving treatment. For example, the disclosed compounds can be administered minutes, hours, days or weeks prior to the administration of ranibizumab or more than one dosage of the disclosed compounds can be given to establish a therapeutic amount in the subject being treated.
  • In another iteration, the disclosed compounds and ranibizumab can be given in alternating administrations. For example, the disclosed compounds can be administered then after a time desired by the administrator ranibizumab is administered.
  • In a further iteration, the disclosed compounds is administered daily in one or more doses and the ramibizumab is administered according to a separate schedule. For example, in addition to daily dosing of the disclosed compounds, ranibizumab can be administered once a month, once every 2 months, once every 3 months, once every 4 months, once every 6 months, etc.
  • The dosage for ranibizumab can be in any amount necessary. In one embodiment, ranibizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.05 mg to about 1.5 mg. In a further embodiment, ranibizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.1 mg to about 1.5 mg. In another embodiment, ranibizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.05 mg to about 1 mg. In a still further embodiment, ranibizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.1 mg to about 1 mg. In one non-limiting example, ranibizumab is administered in an amount of approximately 0.5 mg. The amount of ranibizumab administered per treatment can be in any amount, for example, 0.05 mg, 0.06 mg, 0.07 mg, 0.08 mg, 0.09 mg, 0.1 mg, 0.12 mg, 0.13 mg, 0.14 mg, 0.15 mg, 0.16 mg, 0.17, mg, 0.18 mg, 0.19 mg, 0.2 mg, 0.21 mg, 0.22 mg, 0.23 mg, 0.24 mg, 0.25 mg, 0.26 mg, 0.27, mg, 0.28 mg, 0.29 mg, 0.3 mg, 0.31 mg, 0.32 mg, 0.33 mg, 0.34 mg, 0.35 mg, 0.36 mg, 0.37, mg, 0.38 mg, 0.39 mg, 0.4 mg, 0.41 mg, 0.42 mg, 0.43 mg, 0.44 mg, 0.45 mg, 0.46 mg, 0.47, mg, 0.48 mg, 0.49 mg, 0.5 mg, 0.51 mg, 0.52 mg, 0.53 mg, 0.54 mg, 0.55 mg, 0.56 mg, 0.57, mg, 0.58 mg, 0.59 mg, 0.6 mg, 0.61 mg, 0.62 mg, 0.63 mg, 0.64 mg, 0.65 mg, 0.66 mg, 0.67, mg, 0.68 mg, 0.69 mg, 0.7 mg, 0.71 mg, 0.72 mg, 0.73 mg, 0.74 mg, 0.75 mg, 0.76 mg, 0.77, mg, 0.78 mg, 0.79 mg, 0.8 mg, 0.81 mg, 0.82 mg, 0.83 mg, 0.84 mg, 0.85 mg, 0.86 mg, 0.87, mg, 0.88 mg, 0.89 mg, 0.9 mg, 0.91 mg, 0.92 mg, 0.93 mg, 0.94 mg, 0.95 mg, 0.96 mg, 0.97, mg, 0.98 mg, 0.99 mg and 1 mg.
  • In another aspect, the disclosed compounds is administered in combination with one or more pharmaceutical compounds or compositions useful for treating ocular diseases. In a first embodiment, the present disclosure relates to a method for treating an ocular disease, comprising administering:
      • a) 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; and
      • b) bevacizumab.
  • The compounds can be administered in any order convenient to the user or to the subject receiving treatment. In one iteration of this embodiment the disclosed compounds is administered first followed by administration of bevacizumab. In another iteration of this embodiment bevacizumab is administered first followed by administration of the disclosed compounds. The time period between dosing/administration of the first component of treatment can be any time period convenient to the formulator or subject receiving treatment. For example, the disclosed compounds can be administered minutes, hours, days or weeks prior to the administration of bevacizumab or more than one dosage of the disclosed compounds can be given to establish a therapeutic amount in the subject being treated.
  • In another iteration, the disclosed compounds and bevacizumab can be given in alternating administrations. For example, the disclosed compounds can be administered then after a time desired by the administrator bevacizumab is administered.
  • In a further iteration, the disclosed compounds is administered daily in one or more doses and the bevacizumab is administered according to a separate schedule. For example, in addition to daily dosing of the disclosed compounds, bevacizumab can be administered once a month, once every 2 months, once every 3 months, once every 4 months, once every 6 months, etc.
  • The dosage for bevacizumab can be in any amount necessary. In one embodiment, bevacizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.1 mg to about 5 mg. In a further embodiment, bevacizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.1 mg to about 3 mg. In another embodiment, bevacizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 3 mg. In a still further embodiment, bevacizumab is administered in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 2 mg. In one non-limiting example, bevacizumab is administered in an amount of 1.2 mg. The amount of bevacizumab administered per treatment can be in any amount, for example, 0.5 mg, 0.51 mg, 0.52 mg, 0.53 mg, 0.54 mg, 0.55 mg, 0.56 mg, 0.57, mg, 0.58 mg, 0.59 mg, 0.6 mg, 0.61 mg, 0.62 mg, 0.63 mg, 0.64 mg, 0.65 mg, 0.66 mg, 0.67, mg, 0.68 mg, 0.69 mg, 0.7 mg, 0.71 mg, 0.72 mg, 0.73 mg, 0.74 mg, 0.75 mg, 0.76 mg, 0.77, mg, 0.78 mg, 0.79 mg, 0.8 mg, 0.81 mg, 0.82 mg, 0.83 mg, 0.84 mg, 0.85 mg, 0.86 mg, 0.87, mg, 0.88 mg, 0.89 mg, 0.9 mg, 0.91 mg, 0.92 mg, 0.93 mg, 0.94 mg, 0.95 mg, 0.96 mg, 0.97, mg, 0.98 mg, 0.99 mg, 1 mg, 1.1 mg, 1.11 mg, 1.12 mg, 1.13 mg, 1.14 mg, 1.15 mg, 1.16 mg, 1.17, mg, 1.18 mg, 1.19 mg, 1.2 mg, 1.21 mg, 1.22 mg, 1.23 mg, 1.24 mg, 1.25 mg, 1.26 mg, 1.27, mg, 1.28 mg, 1.29 mg, 1.3 mg, 1.31 mg, 1.32 mg, 1.33 mg, 1.34 mg, 1.35 mg, 1.36 mg, 1.37, mg, 1.38 mg, 1.39 mg, 1.4 mg, 1.41 mg, 1.42 mg, 1.43 mg, 1.44 mg, 1.45 mg, 1.46 mg, 1.47, mg, 1.48 mg, 1.49 mg, 1.5 mg, 1.51 mg, 1.52 mg, 1.53 mg, 1.54 mg, 1.55 mg, 1.56 mg, 1.57, mg, 1.58 mg, 1.59 mg, and 1.6 mg.
  • In a further aspect, the disclosed compounds is administered in combination with one or more pharmaceutical compounds or compositions useful for treating ocular diseases. In a first embodiment, the present disclosure relates to a method for treating an ocular disease, comprising administering:
      • a) 4-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido]-2-[2-(thiophen-2-yl)thiazol-4-yl]ethyl}phenylsulfamic acid; and
      • b) aflibercept.
  • The compounds can be administered in any order convenient to the user or to the subject receiving treatment. In one iteration of this embodiment the disclosed compounds is administered first followed by administration of aflibercept. In another iteration of this embodiment aflibercept is administered first followed by administration of the disclosed compounds. The time period between dosing/administration of the first component of treatment can be any time period convenient to the formulator or subject receiving treatment. For example, the disclosed compounds can be administered minutes, hours, days or weeks prior to the administration of aflibercept or more than one dosage of the disclosed compounds can be given to establish a therapeutic amount in the subject being treated.
  • In another iteration, the disclosed compounds and aflibercept can be given in alternating administrations. For example, the disclosed compounds can be administered then after a time desired by the administrator aflibercept is administered.
  • In a further iteration, the disclosed compounds is administered daily in one or more doses and the aflibercept is administered according to a separate schedule. For example, in addition to daily dosing of the disclosed compounds, aflibercept can be administered once a month, once every 2 months, once every 3 months, once every 4 months, once every 6 months, etc.
  • The dosage for aflibercept can be in any amount necessary. In one embodiment, aflibercept is administered in an amount from about 0.05 mg to about 5 mg. In a further embodiment, aflibercept is administered in an amount from about 0.1 mg to about 3 mg. In another embodiment, aflibercept is administered in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 2.5 mg. In a still further embodiment, aflibercept is administered in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 2 mg. The amount of aflibercept administered per treatment can be in any amount, for example, 0.5 mg, 0.51 mg, 0.52 mg, 0.53 mg, 0.54 mg, 0.55 mg, 0.56 mg, 0.57, mg, 0.58 mg, 0.59 mg, 0.6 mg, 0.61 mg, 0.62 mg, 0.63 mg, 0.64 mg, 0.65 mg, 0.66 mg, 0.67, mg, 0.68 mg, 0.69 mg, 0.7 mg, 0.71 mg, 0.72 mg, 0.73 mg, 0.74 mg, 0.75 mg, 0.76 mg, 0.77, mg, 0.78 mg, 0.79 mg, 0.8 mg, 0.81 mg, 0.82 mg, 0.83 mg, 0.84 mg, 0.85 mg, 0.86 mg, 0.87, mg, 0.88 mg, 0.89 mg, 0.9 mg, 0.91 mg, 0.92 mg, 0.93 mg, 0.94 mg, 0.95 mg, 0.96 mg, 0.97, mg, 0.98 mg, 0.99 mg, 1 mg, 1.1 mg, 1.11 mg, 1.12 mg, 1.13 mg, 1.14 mg, 1.15 mg, 1.16 mg, 1.17, mg, 1.18 mg, 1.19 mg, 1.2 mg, 1.21 mg, 1.22 mg, 1.23 mg, 1.24 mg, 1.25 mg, 1.26 mg, 1.27, mg, 1.28 mg, 1.29 mg, 1.3 mg, 1.31 mg, 1.32 mg, 1.33 mg, 1.34 mg, 1.35 mg, 1.36 mg, 1.37, mg, 1.38 mg, 1.39 mg, 1.4 mg, 1.41 mg, 1.42 mg, 1.43 mg, 1.44 mg, 1.45 mg, 1.46 mg, 1.47, mg, 1.48 mg, 1.49 mg, 1.5 mg, 1.51 mg, 1.52 mg, 1.53 mg, 1.54 mg, 1.55 mg, 1.56 mg, 1.57, mg, 1.58 mg, 1.59 mg, 1.6 mg, 1.61 mg, 1.62 mg, 1.63 mg, 1.64 mg, 1.65 mg, 1.66 mg, 1.67, mg, 1.68 mg, 1.69 mg, 1.7 mg, 1.71 mg, 1.72 mg, 1.73 mg, 1.74 mg, 1.75 mg, 1.76 mg, 1.77, mg, 1.78 mg, 1.79 mg, 1.8 mg, 1.81 mg, 1.82 mg, 1.83 mg, 1.84 mg, 1.85 mg, 1.86 mg, 1.87, mg, 1.88 mg, 1.89 mg, 1.9 mg, 1.91 mg, 1.92 mg, 1.93 mg, 1.94 mg, 1.95 mg, 1.96 mg, 1.97, mg, 1.98 mg, 1.99 mg, and 2 mg.
  • The disclosed compounds can be administered in any amount necessary or convenient. For example, the compound can be administered in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 50 mg per dose. In one embodiment, the compound can be administered in an amount from about 1 mg to about 20 mg per dose. In another embodiment, the compound can be administered in an amount from about 1 mg to about 15 mg per dose. In a further embodiment, the compound can be administered in an amount from about 1 mg to about 10 mg per dose. In a yet further embodiment, the compound can be administered in an amount from about 5 mg to about 50 mg per dose. In a still further embodiment, the compound can be administered in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 15 mg per dose. In still another embodiment, the compound can be administered in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 10 mg per dose. As such, the disclosed compounds can be administered in any amount from about 0.5 mg to about 25 mg per dose, for example, 0.5 mg, 0.6 mg, 0.7 mg, 0.8 mg, 0.9 mg, 1 mg, 1.1 mg, 1.2 mg, 1.3 mg, 1.4 mg, 1.5 mg, 1.6 mg, 1.7 mg, 1.8 mg, 1.9 mg, 2 mg, 2.1 mg, 2.2 mg, 2.3 mg, 2.4 mg, 2.5 mg, 2.6 mg, 2.7 mg, 2.8 mg, 2.9 mg, 3 mg, 3.1 mg, 3.2 mg, 3.3 mg, 3.4 mg, 3.5 mg, 3.6 mg, 3.7 mg, 3.8 mg, 3.9 mg, 4 mg, 4.1 mg, 4.2 mg, 4.3 mg, 4.4 mg, 4.5 mg, 4.6 mg, 4.7 mg, 4.8 mg, 4.9 mg, 5 mg, 5.1 mg, 5.2 mg, 5.3 mg, 5.4 mg, 5.5 mg, 5.6 mg, 5.7 mg, 5.8 mg, 5.9 mg, 6 mg, 6.1 mg, 6.2 mg, 6.3 mg, 6.4 mg, 6.5 mg, 6.6 mg, 6.7 mg, 6.8 mg, 6.9 mg, 7 mg, 7.1 mg, 7.2 mg, 7.3 mg, 7.4 mg, 7.5 mg, 7.6 mg, 7.7 mg, 7.8 mg, 7.9 mg, 8 mg, 8.1 mg, 8.2 mg, 8.3 mg, 8.4 mg, 8.5 mg, 8.6 mg, 8.7 mg, 8.8 mg, 8.9 mg, 9 mg, 9.1 mg, 9.2 mg, 9.3 mg, 9.4 mg, 9.5 mg, 9.6 mg, 9.7 mg, 9.8 mg, 9.9 mg, 10 mg, 10.1 mg, 10.2 mg, 10.3 mg, 10.4 mg, 10.5 mg, 10.6 mg, 10.7 mg, 10.8 mg, 10.9 mg, 11 mg, 11.1 mg, 11.2 mg, 11.3 mg, 11.4 mg, 11.5 mg, 11.6 mg, 11.7 mg, 11.8 mg, 11.9 mg, 12 mg, 12.1 mg, 12.2 mg, 12.3 mg, 12.4 mg, 12.5 mg, 12.6 mg, 12.7 mg, 12.8 mg, 12.9 mg, 13 mg, 15.1 mg, 15.2 mg, 15.3 mg, 15.4 mg, 15.5 mg, 15.6 mg, 15.7 mg, 15.8 mg, 15.9 mg, 16 mg, 16.1 mg, 16.2 mg, 16.3 mg, 16.4 mg, 16.5 mg, 16.6 mg, 16.7 mg, 16.8 mg, 16.9 mg, 17 mg, 17.1 mg, 17.2 mg, 17.3 mg, 17.4 mg, 17.5 mg, 17.6 mg, 17.7 mg, 17.8 mg, 17.9 mg, 18 mg, 18.1 mg, 18.2 mg, 18.3 mg, 18.4 mg, 18.5 mg, 18.6 mg, 18.7 mg, 18.8 mg, 18.9 mg, 19 mg, 19.1 mg, 19.2 mg, 19.3 mg, 19.4 mg, 19.5 mg, 19.6 mg, 19.7 mg, 19.8 mg, 19.9 mg, and 20 mg.
  • The disclosed compounds can be administered at any interval desired. For example, the compound can be administered once a week, 2 times a week, 3 times a week, 4 times a week, 6 times a week, 6 times a week, 7 times a week, 8 times a week, 9 times a week or 10 times a week. The interval between daily dosing can be any hourly interval, for example, every hour, every 2 hours, every 3 hours, every 4 hours, every 5 hours, every 6 hours, every 7 hours, every 8 hours, every 9 hours, every 10 hours, every 11 hours, and every 12 hours. The administration of the compound can have irregular dosing schedules to accommodate either the person administering the compound or the subject receiving the compound. As such, the compound can be administered once a day, twice a day, three times a day, and the like.
  • In addition, the amount administered can be of the same amount in each dose or the dosage can vary. For example, a first amount dosed in the morning and a second amount administered in the evening. The dosage for administration can be varied depending upon the schedule of the anti-VEGF administration.
  • The disclosed compounds can be administered in combination with any anti-VEGF agent in any combination, for example, at the beginning of the treatment, at any time during the treatment or at any time after treatment with the anti-VEGF agent has concluded. In addition, the dosage of the disclosed compounds can be adjusted during treatment. Also, the amount of anti-VEGF agent can be adjusted during treatment.
  • Further non-limiting examples of anti-VEGF agents includes dexamethasone, fluocinolone and triamcinolone. In addition, the disclosed methods can include implants which deliver an anti-VEGF agent. For example, the disclosed compounds can be co-administered either before, during or after an implant is provided to a subject suffering from a disease or condition described herein. For example, Ozurdex™ is an intraviteal implant which provides a supply of dexamethasone to a subject, Retisert™ and Iluvien™ are intraviteal implants which provides a supply of fluocinolone.
  • In one aspect, anti-VEGF treatments if typically given monthly, can have the frequency of treatment extended, for example, to once every 3 months, once every 6 months or yearly wherein the disclosed compounds is administered at any frequency between treatments.
  • Also disclosed herein are methods for decreasing the Central Foveal Thickness (CFT) in a patient having a disease or condition as disclosed herein. The method comprises administering to an eye:
      • a) an amount of the disclosed compounds; and
      • b) one or more anti-VEGF agents;
        wherein the administration of the disclosed compounds and the anti-VEGF agent can be conducted in any manner desired by the administrator, for example, as further described herein.
  • In one aspect the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 50 μm to about 1000 μm. In one embodiment, the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 50 μm to about 750 μm. In another embodiment, the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 200 μm to about 1000 μm. In a further embodiment, the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 150 μm to about 500 μm. In a still further embodiment, the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 50 μm to about 500 μm. In a yet another embodiment, the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 250 μm to about 650 μm. In a yet still further embodiment, the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 200 μm to about 500 μm. In another still further embodiment, the decrease in Central Foveal Thickness is from about 400 μm to about 700 μm.
  • Further disclosed herein are methods for increasing the visual acuity of a subject having a disease or condition as disclosed herein.
    • Visual Acuity
  • Visual acuity (VA) is acuteness or clearness of vision, which is dependent on the sharpness of the retinal focus within the eye and the sensitivity of the interpretative faculty of the brain. Visual acuity is a measure of the spatial resolution of the visual processing system. VA is tested by requiring the person whose vision is being tested to identify characters typically numbers or letters on a chart from a set distance. Chart characters are represented as black symbols against a white background. The distance between the person's eyes and the testing chart is set at a sufficient distance to approximate infinity in the way the lens attempts to focus. Twenty feet, or six meters, is essentially infinity from an optical perspective.
    • Visual Acuity Testing
  • One non-limiting means for measuring Visual Acuity is the use of the ESV-3000 ETDRS testing device (see, U.S. Pat. No. 5,078,486) self-calibrated test lighting. The ESV-3000 device incorporates highly advanced LED light source technology. The auto-calibration circuitry constantly monitors the LED light source and calibrates the test luminance to 85 cd/m2 or 3 cd/m2.
  • Although designed for clinical trials where large-format ETDRS testing (up to 20/200) is performed at 4 meters, the device can be used in a non-research setting, i.e., hospital or clinic where ocular disease monitoring is conducted. To properly evaluate ETDRS, the test should be conducted under standardized lighting conditions, for, example, photopic test level of 85 cd/m2. This light level has been recommended by the National Academy of Sciences and by the American National Standards Institute for ETDRS and contrast sensitivity vision testing. Scoring of visual acuity can be accomplished in any manner chosen by the monitor. After providing a baseline evaluation, the increase or decrease in the number of letters that can be identified by the test subject provides a measure of sight increase or decrease during treatment.
  • In one aspect, disclosed herein is a method for increasing visual acuity in a subject having a disease or condition of the eye as disclosed herein. This method comprises administering to a patient having a disease or condition of the eye:
      • a) an amount of the disclosed compounds; and
      • b) one or more anti-VEGF agents;
        wherein the administration of the disclosed compounds and the anti-VEGF agent can be conducted in any manner desired by the administrator, for example, as further described herein.
  • In one embodiment, the method provides a means for increasing the number of letters recognizable by a treated eye form about 1 to about 30 letters. In another embodiment, the number of letters recognizable is increased from about 5 to about 25 letters. In a further embodiment, the number of letters recognizable is increased from about 5 to about 20 letters. In another further embodiment, the number of letters recognizable is increased from about 5 to about 15 letters. In a still further embodiment, the number of letters recognizable is increased from about 5 to about 10 letters. In a yet another embodiment, the number of letters recognizable is increased from about 10 to about 25 letters. In a yet still further embodiment, the number of letters recognizable is increased from about 15 to about 25 letters. In yet still another embodiment, the number of letters recognizable is increased from about 20 to about 25 letters.
    • DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • The disclosed Figures represent a control or baseline study used as a benchmark for determining the effectiveness of the disclosed methods for treating ocular diseases (FIGS. 1 and 3) and studies directed to the disclosed methods. Described herein below, four patients with visual acuity loss due to diabetic macular edema (central retinal thickness [CRT] of more than 325 microns and best corrected visual acuity less than 70 letters) were treated with subcutaneous injections of 5 mg of the disclosed compound twice a day for 28 days and then observed for an additional two months (days 28 through 84). At any time during the course of the study, investigators could administer additional therapy consisting of intravitreal injection of an anti-VEGF agent, for example, ranibizumab, bevacizumab and/or aflibercept if considered by the investigator to be medically necessary. Retinal thickness as measured by ocular coherence tomography and best corrected visual acuity as measured by a standard vision test were assessed at regular intervals during the 28 day active treatment phase and through the 2 month post-treatment observation phase, (Screening, Day 1 [baseline], Day 7, Day 14, Day 21, Day 28, Day 42, Day 56 and Day 84). The main efficacy outcomes for the study were change in CRT and visual acuity over time with treatment.
  • FIG. 1 depicts the results of two phase three studies to determine the effect of intravitreal injections of ranibizumab in patients with diabetic macular edema. Results of these studies were used as a benchmark for determining the effectiveness of the disclosed methods for treating ocular diseases. In this study patients received intravitreal injections with either 0.3 mg (♦) or 0.5 mg (▪) ranibizumab monthly, whereas the control group (▴) received placebo. As depicted in FIG. 1 the reduction in Central Foveal Thickness (CFT) for both the 0.3 mg and 0.5 mg cohorts were essentially identical. As shown in FIG. 1, the two groups receiving ranibizumab had a reduction in Central Foveal Thickness of approximately 120 to 160 μm from day 7 to 1 month after the first injection of ranibizumab.
  • FIG. 2 depicts the results of a study wherein 4 patients received 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily for 28 days and subsequently were treated in one or both eyes (7 eyes total) with either ranibizumab (0.3 or 0.5 mg) or aflibercept (2 mg) by intravitreal injection at the discretion of the study investigator. FIG. 2 is read in this manner: 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 50-100 μm, 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 150-200 μm, 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 200-250 μm, 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 300-350 μm, 2 patient eyes had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 350-400 μm, and 1 patient eye had a Central Foveal Reduction of between 450-500 μm at 14-28 days post ranibizumab or aflibercept. The mean change in Central Foveal Thickness was −289 μm, approximately double the reduction seen after ranibizumab injection in the benchmark study in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 3 depicts the results of two phase three studies that to determine the effect of intravitreal injections of ranibizumab in patients with diabetic macular edema. Results of these studies were used as a benchmark for determining the effectiveness of the disclosed methods for treating ocular diseases. The control group is represented by (♦). Patients receiving 0.5 mg of ranibizumab monthly via ocular injection are represented by (▪). As shown in FIG. 3, the two groups receiving ranibizumab had an increase in visual acuity of between approximately 4 to 6 letters from day 7 to 1 month after the first injection of ranibizumab.
  • FIG. 4 depicts the increased visual acuity of a study wherein 4 patients received 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily for 28 days and subsequently were treated with either ranibizumab (0.3 or 0.5 mg) or aflibercept (2 mg) by intravitreal injection at the discretion of the study investigator. FIG. 4 is read in this manner: 1 patient eye had an increase of from 16 to 18 letters improvement, 2 patient eyes had an increase of from 14 to 16 letters improvement, 1 patient eye had an increase of from 10 to 12 letters improvement, 1 patient eye had an increase of from 6 to 8 letters improvement, 1 patient eye had an increase of from 2 to 4 letters improvement, and 1 patient eye had a decrease of from 2 to 4 letters at 14-28 days post ranibizumab or aflibercept. The mean change in Visual Acuity was 9 letters, approximately 3 to 5 letters more improvement than seen in the benchmark study of ranibizumab alone depicted in FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 5 represents the results of a single patient. The eye having the greater Central Foveal Thickness is chosen as the Study Eye. The patient from day one was given 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily. At week 3 (21 days, indicated by arrow) the fellow eye is treated with 0.5 mg of ranibizumab. At week 6 (42 days, indicated by arrow) the treated eye is treated with 0.5 mg of ranibizumab. As seen in FIG. 5, the Central Foveal Thickness of the fellow eye drops significantly (350 μm) by week 4 (28 days). Without wishing to be limited by theory, it is believed that when the fellow eye is treated with an injection of 0.5 mg of ranibizumab, the ranibizumab enters the study eye systemically. As a result, there is a pronounced reduction in CFT in the study eye from day 21 to day 28 (approximately 250 μm). As seen in FIG. 5, by the next monitoring point, week 6, the effects of the systemically received ranibizumab is no longer present and the CFT returns to approximately 775 μm. At week 6, the study eye is treated with an intravitreal injection of 0.5 mg of ranibizumab. As depicted in FIG. 5, by week 8, there is an overall reduction in CFT of approximately 500 μm, wherein the CFT of the subject eye is approximately 225 μm. Compared to the benchmark study depicted in FIG. 1 wherein the average change in CFT at one month after ranibizumab injection was approximately 160 mm, the combination disclosed method provided substantially greater reductions at 2-4 weeks following ranibizumab injection. FIG. 6 represents the results of a single patient. The eye having the greater Central Foveal Thickness is chosen as the Study Eye. The patient from day one was given 5 mg of the disclosed compound subcutaneously twice daily. At week 4 (28 days, indicated by arrow) the fellow eye is rescued with 2 mg of aflibercept. After rescue, the Fellow eye has a CFT reduction of approximately 400 μm. At week 6 (42 days, indicated by arrow) the study eye is rescued with 2 mg of aflibercept. After rescue, the Study eye has a CFT reduction of approximately 300 μm.
  • Unlike the results depicted for the ranibizumab protocol, there is no evidence of systemically delivered aflibercept to the Fellow Eye. From onset of the study, there was a reduction of CFT in the study eye and non-treated eye of approximately 300 μm and 280 μm respectively.
  • Unlike the results depicted for the ranibizumab protocol, there is no evidence of systemically delivered aflibercept to the Fellow Eye. From onset of the study, there was a reduction of CFT in the study eye and non-treated eye of approximately 300 μm and 280 μm respectively.
  • The disclosed methods include administration of the disclosed compounds in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. By “pharmaceutically acceptable” is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material may be administered to a subject without causing any undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the pharmaceutical formulation in which it is contained. The carrier would naturally be selected to minimize any degradation of the active ingredient and to minimize any adverse side effects in the subject, as would be well known to one of skill in the art.
  • In another aspect, the disclosed compounds can be used prophylactically, i.e., as a preventative agent after treatment with an anti-VEGF agent has stopped. The disclosed compounds herein can be conveniently formulated into pharmaceutical compositions composed of one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. See e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, latest edition, by E.W. Martin Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa., which discloses typical carriers and conventional methods of preparing pharmaceutical compositions that can be used in conjunction with the preparation of formulations of the compound described herein and which is incorporated by reference herein. Such pharmaceutical carriers, most typically, are be standard carriers for administration of compositions to humans and non-humans, including solutions such as sterile water, saline, and buffered solutions at physiological pH. Other compositions can be administered according to standard procedures used by those skilled in the art. For example, pharmaceutical compositions can also include one or more additional active ingredients such as antimicrobial agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anesthetics, and the like.
  • Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to, saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. The pH of the solution is preferably from about 5 to about 8, and more preferably from about 7 to about 7.5. Further carriers include sustained release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the disclosed compounds, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, liposomes, microparticles, or microcapsules. It will be apparent to those persons skilled in the art that certain carriers can be more preferable depending upon, for instance, the route of administration and concentration of composition being administered. Other compounds can be administered according to standard procedures used by those skilled in the art.
  • The disclosed method also relates to the administration of the disclosed compounds, as well as compositions comprising the disclosed compounds. Administration can be systemic via subcutaneous or i.v. administration; or the HPTP-β inhibitor will be administered directly to the eye, e.g., local. Local methods of administration include, for example, by eye drops, subconjunctival injections or implants, intravitreal injections or implants, sub-Tenon's injections or implants, incorporation in surgical irrigating solutions, etc.
  • The disclosed methods relate to administering the disclosed compounds as part of a pharmaceutical composition. Compositions suitable for topical administration are known to the art (see, for example, US Patent Application 2005/0059639 included herein by reference in its entirety). In various embodiments, compositions of the invention can comprise a liquid comprising an active agent in solution, in suspension, or both. As used herein, liquid compositions include gels. In one embodiment, the liquid composition is aqueous. Alternatively, the composition can take form of an ointment. In another embodiment, the composition is an in situ gellable aqueous composition. In iteration, the composition is an in situ gellable aqueous solution. Such a composition can comprise a gelling agent in a concentration effective to promote gelling upon contact with the eye or lacrimal fluid in the exterior of the eye. Aqueous compositions of the invention have ophthalmically compatible pH and osmolality. The composition can comprise an ophthalmic depot formulation comprising an active agent for subconjunctival administration. The microparticles comprising active agent can be embedded in a biocompatible pharmaceutically acceptable polymer or a lipid encapsulating agent. The depot formulations may be adapted to release all or substantially all the active material over an extended period of time. The polymer or lipid matrix, if present, may be adapted to degrade sufficiently to be transported from the site of administration after release of all or substantially all the active agent. The depot formulation can be a liquid formulation, comprising a pharmaceutical acceptable polymer and a dissolved or dispersed active agent. Upon injection, the polymer forms a depot at the injections site, e.g. by gelifying or precipitating. The composition can comprise a solid article that can be inserted in a suitable location in the eye, such as between the eye and eyelid or in the conjuctival sac, where the article releases the active agent. Solid articles suitable for implantation in the eye in such fashion generally comprise polymers and can be bioerodible or non-bioerodible.
  • In one embodiment of the disclosed methods, a human subject with at least one visually impaired eye is treated with form about 5 mg to about 50 mg of the disclosed compounds via intravitreal injection. Improvement of clinical symptoms are monitored by one or more methods known to the art, for example, indirect ophthalmoscopy, fundus photography, fluorescein angiopathy, electroretinography, external eye examination, slit lamp biomicroscopy, applanation tonometry, pachymetry, optical coherence tomography and autorefaction. As described herein, the dosing can occur at any frequency determined by the administrator. After cessation of the anti-VEGF agent treatment, subsequent doses can be administered weekly or monthly, e.g., with a frequency of 2-8 weeks or 1-12 months apart depending upon the response.
  • Pharmaceutical formulations can include additional carriers, as well as thickeners, diluents, buffers, preservatives, surface active agents and the like in addition to the compounds disclosed herein. Pharmaceutical formulations can also include one or more additional active ingredients such as antimicrobial agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anesthetics, and the like.
  • For the purposes of the present disclosure the term “excipient” and “carrier” are used interchangeably throughout the description of the present disclosure and said terms are defined herein as, “ingredients which are used in the practice of formulating a safe and effective pharmaceutical composition.”
  • The formulator will understand that excipients are used primarily to serve in delivering a safe, stable, and functional pharmaceutical, serving not only as part of the overall vehicle for delivery but also as a means for achieving effective absorption by the recipient of the active ingredient. An excipient may fill a role as simple and direct as being an inert filler, or an excipient as used herein may be part of a pH stabilizing system or coating to insure delivery of the ingredients safely to the stomach. The formulator can also take advantage of the fact the compounds of the present disclosure have improved cellular potency, pharmacokinetic properties, as well as improved oral bioavailability.
  • The term “effective amount” as used herein means “an amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds, effective at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired or therapeutic result.” An effective amount may vary according to factors known in the art, such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the human, animal being treated or route of administration. Although particular dosage regimes may be described in examples herein, a person skilled in the art would appreciated that the dosage regime may be altered to provide optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. In addition, the compositions of the present disclosure can be administered as frequently as necessary to achieve a therapeutic amount.
  • The disclosed compounds can also be present in liquids, emulsions, or suspensions for delivery of active therapeutic agents in aerosol form to cavities of the body such as the nose, throat, or bronchial passages. The ratio of disclosed compounds to the other compounding agents in these preparations will vary as the dosage form requires.
  • Depending on the intended mode of administration, the pharmaceutical compositions administered as part of the disclosed methods can be in the form of solid, semi-solid or liquid dosage forms, such as, for example, tablets, suppositories, pills, capsules, powders, liquids, suspensions, lotions, creams, gels, or the like, preferably in unit dosage form suitable for single administration of a precise dosage. The compositions will include, as noted above, an effective amount of one or more of the disclosed compounds in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and, in addition, can include other medicinal agents, pharmaceutical agents, carriers, adjuvants, diluents, etc.
  • For solid compositions, conventional nontoxic solid carriers include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talc, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, magnesium carbonate, and the like. In one embodiment, a composition comprising the disclosed compounds in an amount of approximately 5 mg per 0.1 mL liquid is prepared. The liquid phase comprises sterile water and an appropriate amount of a saccharide or polysaccharide.
    • Compositions
  • Disclosed herein are compositions for administration to a subject having one or more of the diseases or conditions described herein. In one aspect, the compositions for delivering the disclosed compounds, comprise:
      • a) an effective amount of the disclosed compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; and
      • b) one or more carriers or compatible excipients.
  • The compositions comprising the disclosed compounds can be administered by any method, for example, intravenously, orally, by patch, subcutaneous injection, and the like.
  • In one non-limiting example, solutions of the disclosed compounds are prepared as follows. Approximately 100 mg of a sterile powder of the disclosed compounds is dissolved in approximately 250 mg of hydroxypropyl beta cyclodextrin (HPβCD) to form a first solution. The first solution can be optionally diluted with from about 0.25 mL to about 1 mL of water. Depending upon the composition of the solution, the administrator of the compound can withdraw a sufficient amount such that the subject is injected subcutaneously with an amount that provides from about 5 mg to about 50 mg of the disclosed compounds. The formulator, however, can prepare a first solution or a diluted solution having any concentration convenient or desirable. Non-limiting examples according to this embodiment include the following TABLE I:
  • TABLE I
    Compound (mg) HPβCD (mg) Water (mL)
    50 250 0.25
    50 250 0.5
    50 250 0.75
    50 250 1
    100 250 0.25
    100 250 0.5
    100 250 0.75
    100 250 1
    50 250 —
    50 250 —
    50 250 —
    50 250 —
    100 250 —
    100 250 —
    100 250 —
    100 250 —
  • In one aspect the disclosed methods comprise administering the disclosed compounds to a subject until a therapeutic level has been established. Once a therapeutic level has been established the subject then receives an anti-VEGF agent. After receiving the anti-VEGF agent, the subject is evaluated and when a benchmark reduction in symptoms is achieved, the anti-VEGF agent is discontinued and the subject continues to receive a therapeutic amount of the disclosed compounds.
    • Example 2
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 μm is given 15 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 2 weeks (14 days). On day 14 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.5 mg ranibizumab. Ranibizumab is available as Lucentis™ from Genentech in single-use glass vials designed to provide 0.05 mL (10 mg/mL solution providing 0.5 mg of ranibizumab) for injection. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 μm.
    • Example 3
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 m is given 5 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.5 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 m.
    • Example 4
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 m is given 15 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.5 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 m.
    • Example 5
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 m is given 30 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 2 weeks (14 days). On day 14 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.5 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 μm.
    • Example 6
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 μm is given 30 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.5 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 μm.
    • Example 7
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 μm is given 15 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 2 weeks (14 days). On day 14 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.3 mg ranibizumab. Ranibizumab is available as Lucentis™ from Genentech in single-use glass vials designed to provide 0.05 mL (6 mg/mL solution providing 0.3 mg of ranibizumab) for injection. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 μm.
    • Example 8
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 μm is given 5 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.3 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 μm.
    • Example 9
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 μm is given 15 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.3 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 μm.
    • Example 10
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 μm is given 30 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 2 weeks (14 days). On day 14 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.3 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 μm.
    • Example 11
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 μm is given 30 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 0.3 mg ranibizumab. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 μm.
    • Example 12
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 μm is given 30 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 2 weeks (14 days). On day 14 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 2 mg aflibercept. Aflibercept is available as Eylea™ from Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in single-use glass vials designed to provide 2 mg of aflibercept in a 0.05 mL injection. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 μm.
    • Example 13
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 μm is given 5 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 2 mg aflibercept. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 μm.
    • Example 14
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 μm is given 15 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 2 mg aflibercept. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 μm.
    • Example 15
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 μm is given 30 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 2 weeks (14 days). On day 14 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 2 mg aflibercept. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 μm.
    • Example 16
  • A subject having a Central Retinal Thickness of greater than or equal to about 600 μm is given 30 mg of the disclosed compounds via subcutaneous injection twice daily for 4 weeks (28 days). On day 28 each eye is given an intravitreal injection of 2 mg aflibercept. Administration of the disclosed compounds is continued until the Central Retinal Thickness of each eye is less than about 150 μm.
    • Kits
  • Disclosed herein are kits for practicing the disclosed methods. In general the kits comprise:
      • A) a composition for delivering the disclosed compounds; and
      • B) a composition for delivering an anti-VEGF agent.
  • The kits can be modified to fit the dosing regimen prescribed for the subject being treated. The following is a non-limiting example of a kit for use with a patient receiving an intravenously delivered composition comprising the disclosed compounds and an intravireally administered anti-VEGF agent. This particular example provides dosing of the disclosed compounds twice daily for 3 months and for an injection of ranibizumab at week 12.
  • A. 3 packages, each package containing 4 vials. Each vial comprising a sufficient amount of the disclosed compounds to provide 2 daily injections of 5 mg of the disclosed compounds for 7 days; and
  • B. a vial of ranibizumab for injection at the end of week 12 which provides 0.5 mg of ranibizumab.
  • The artisan, however, can provide kits that comprise any combination of elements. In addition, when the disclosed compounds is provided orally, a single container with sufficient doses of the disclosed compounds can be supplied with the kit.
  • Also included with each kit labels providing instructions for use and disposal can be included, as well as instructions for use of the compositions to be delivered. The instructions can be modified from kit to kit to reflect the dosing regime prescribed.
  • While particular embodiments of the present disclosure have been illustrated and described, it would be obvious to those skilled in the art that various other changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the disclosure. It is therefore intended to cover in the appended claims all such changes and modifications that are within the scope of this disclosure.

Claims (25)

1-172. (canceled)
173. A method for treating an ocular condition, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically-effective amount of a HPTP-β inhibitor; and
a therapeutically-effective amount of an anti-VEGF agent, wherein the anti-VEGF agent is ranibizumab, bevacizumab, or aflibercept.
174. The method of claim 173, wherein the HPTP-β inhibitor has the formula:
Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00335
wherein R is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl unit having the formula:
Figure US20190231799A1-20190801-C00336
R2, R3, and R4 are each independently:
i) hydrogen;
ii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl;
iii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkenyl;
iv) substituted or unsubstituted C2-C6 linear or branched alkynyl;
v) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl;
vi) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl;
vii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic; or
viii) R2 and R3 taken together to form a saturated or unsaturated ring having from 5 to 7 atoms;
wherein from 1 to 3 atoms can optionally be oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur;
Z is a unit having the formula:

-(L)n-R1
R1 is:
i) hydrogen;
ii) hydroxyl;
iii) amino;
iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl;
v) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkoxy;
vi) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl;
vii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic rings; or
viii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl rings;
L is a linking unit having the formula:

-[Q]y[C(R5aR5b)]x[Q1]z[C(R6aR6b)]w—
Q and Q1 are each independently:
i) —C(O)—;
ii) —NH—;
iii) —C(O)NH—;
iv) —NHC(O)—;
v) —NHC(O)NH—;
vi) —NHC(O)O—;
vii) —C(O)O—;
viii) —C(O)NHC(O)—;
ix) —O—;
x) —S—;
xi) —SO2—;
xii) —C(═NH)—;
xiii) —C(═NH)NH—;
xiv) —NHC(═NH)—; or
xv) —NHC(═NH)NH—;
R5a and R5b are each independently:
i) hydrogen;
ii) hydroxy;
iii) halogen;
iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear or C3-C6 branched alkyl; or
v) a unit having the formula:

—[C(R7aR7b)]tR8
R7a and R7b are each independently:
i) hydrogen; or
ii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl;
R8 is:
i) hydrogen;
ii) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 linear, C3-C6 branched, or C3-C6 cyclic alkyl;
iii) substituted or unsubstituted C6 or C10 aryl;
iv) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heteroaryl; or
v) substituted or unsubstituted C1-C9 heterocyclic;
R6a and R6b are each independently:
i) hydrogen; or
ii) C1-C4 linear or C3-C4 branched alkyl;
the index n is 0 or 1; the indices t, w, and x are each independently from 0 to 4; the indices y and z are each independently 0 or 1; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
175. The method of claim 173, wherein the ocular condition is glaucoma.
176. The method of claim 173, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount of the HPTP-β inhibitor is from about 0.5 mg to about 30 mg per treatment.
177. The method of claim 173, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount of the HPTP-β inhibitor is from about 15 mg per treatment.
178. The method of claim 173, wherein the anti-VEGF agent is ranibizumab.
179. The method of claim 177, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount of ranibizumab is about 0.05 mg to about 1.5 mg.
180. The method of claim 173, wherein the anti-VEGF agent is bevacizumab.
181. The method of claim 179, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount of bevacizumab is about 0.1 mg to about 5 mg.
182. The method of claim 173, wherein the anti-VEGF agent is aflibercept.
183. The method of claim 181, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount of aflibercept is about 0.05 mg to about 5 mg.
184. The method of claim 173, wherein the administering of the HPTP-β inhibitor is subcutaneous.
185. The method of claim 173, wherein the administering of the HPTP-β inhibitor is topical.
186. The method of claim 173, wherein the administering of the HPTP-β inhibitor is subcutaneous.
187. The method of claim 173, wherein the administering of the HPTP-β inhibitor is intravitreal.
188. The method of claim 173, wherein the administering of the HPTP-β inhibitor is subconjunctival.
189. The method of claim 173, wherein the administering of the HPTP-β inhibitor is to an eye of the subject.
190. The method of claim 173, wherein the HPTP-β inhibitor is formulated as a drop.
191. The method of claim 173, wherein the HPTP-β inhibitor is formulated as a drop, wherein the drop is administered to an eye of the subject.
192. The method of claim 173, wherein the administration reduces central foveal thickness in an eye of the subject.
193. The method of claim 173, wherein the subject is human.
194. The method of claim 173, wherein the administering of the anti-VEGF agent is intravitreal.
195. The method of claim 173, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount of the HPTP-3 inhibitor is from about 0.5 mg to about 30 mg per treatment, wherein the administering of the HPTP-β inhibitor is topical, wherein the HPTP-β inhibitor is formulated as a drop, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount of the anti-VEGF agent is about 0.05 mg to about 5 mg, and wherein the administering of the anti-VEGF agent is intravitreal.
196. The method of claim 195, wherein the ocular condition is glaucoma.
US16/257,287 2013-03-15 2019-01-25 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases Abandoned US20190231799A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/257,287 US20190231799A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-01-25 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
US16/559,006 US20200108080A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-09-03 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361792868P 2013-03-15 2013-03-15
US14/214,413 US20150050277A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
US15/355,910 US10220048B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-11-18 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
US16/257,287 US20190231799A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-01-25 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/355,910 Continuation US10220048B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-11-18 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/559,006 Continuation US20200108080A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-09-03 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20190231799A1 true US20190231799A1 (en) 2019-08-01

Family

ID=52467005

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/214,413 Abandoned US20150050277A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
US15/355,910 Active US10220048B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-11-18 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
US16/257,287 Abandoned US20190231799A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-01-25 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
US16/559,006 Abandoned US20200108080A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-09-03 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/214,413 Abandoned US20150050277A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
US15/355,910 Active US10220048B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-11-18 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/559,006 Abandoned US20200108080A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-09-03 Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (4) US20150050277A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11066465B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2021-07-20 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Antibodies and conjugates thereof
US11155610B2 (en) 2014-06-28 2021-10-26 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Dual PDGF/VEGF antagonists
US11912784B2 (en) 2019-10-10 2024-02-27 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Methods of treating an eye disorder
US12071476B2 (en) 2018-03-02 2024-08-27 Kodiak Sciences Inc. IL-6 antibodies and fusion constructs and conjugates thereof

Families Citing this family (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
MX2008012991A (en) 2006-04-07 2008-10-17 Procter & Gamble Antibodies that bind human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (hptpbeta) and uses thereof.
US7622593B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2009-11-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
RU2519123C2 (en) 2009-07-06 2014-06-10 Аэрпио Терапьютикс Инк. Compounds, compositions and methods for prevention of metastatic cancer cells
ES2533128T3 (en) 2009-11-06 2015-04-07 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Prolylhydroxylase inhibitors
JO3417B1 (en) 2010-01-08 2019-10-20 Regeneron Pharma Stabilized formulations containing anti-interleukin-6 receptor (il-6r) antibodies
US20180092883A1 (en) * 2010-10-07 2018-04-05 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Phosphatase inhibitors for treating ocular diseases
CN104039351A (en) 2011-10-13 2014-09-10 阿尔皮奥治疗学股份有限公司 Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome and cancer
GB2549865B (en) * 2013-03-15 2018-01-17 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc Formulations comprising a compound that activates Tie-2 and their use in treating ocular diseases
US20150050277A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-02-19 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
US9388135B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2016-07-12 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Process for preparing N-benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-substituted-pyridin-2-(1H)-ones
CN106456614A (en) 2014-03-14 2017-02-22 爱尔皮奥治疗有限公司 Hptp-beta inhibitors
WO2016022813A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2016-02-11 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Combination of immunotherapies with activators of tie-2
KR20180054677A (en) 2015-09-23 2018-05-24 에르피오 세러퓨틱스 인코포레이티드 Methods of Treating Guidance Pressure with Activator of TIE-2
RU2747193C2 (en) * 2015-11-03 2021-04-29 Санофи Байотекнолоджи Compositions containing antibodies to il6r for treatment of uveitis and macular edema and methods of their use
US10968278B2 (en) 2015-11-03 2021-04-06 Sanofi Biotechnology Compositions comprising IL6R antibodies for the treatment of uveitis and macular edema and methods of using same
CA3030298A1 (en) 2016-07-20 2018-01-25 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Humanized monoclonal antibodies that target ve-ptp (hptp-.beta.)
CN113164597A (en) 2018-09-24 2021-07-23 爱尔皮奥制药公司 Multispecific antibodies targeting HPTP-beta (VE-PTP) and VEGF
KR20210122810A (en) 2019-01-31 2021-10-12 사노피 바이오테크놀로지 Anti-IL-6 receptor antibody for the treatment of juvenile idiopathic arthritis
AU2020264969A1 (en) 2019-04-29 2021-12-09 EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tie-2 activators targeting the schlemm's canal
GB2589400A (en) 2019-06-24 2021-06-02 Aerpio Pharmaceuticals Inc Formulations of tie-2 activators and methods of use thereof
WO2021086904A1 (en) 2019-10-29 2021-05-06 Aerpio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Small molecule activators of tie-2

Family Cites Families (99)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5078486A (en) 1989-10-13 1992-01-07 Evans David W Self-calibrating vision test apparatus
US5688781A (en) 1994-08-19 1997-11-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Method for treating vascular leak syndrome
DE69633121T2 (en) 1995-04-06 2005-07-28 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. TIE-2 LIGANDS, MANUFACTURING METHOD AND USE
US20030040463A1 (en) 1996-04-05 2003-02-27 Wiegand Stanley J. TIE-2 ligands, methods of making and uses thereof
WO1998018914A1 (en) 1996-10-31 1998-05-07 Duke University Soluble tie2 receptor
US5919813C1 (en) 1998-03-13 2002-01-29 Univ Johns Hopkins Med Use of a protein tyrosine kinase pathway inhibitor in the treatment of diabetic retinopathy
US5980929A (en) 1998-03-13 1999-11-09 Johns Hopkins University, School Of Medicine Use of a protein tyrosine kinase pathway inhibitor in the treatment of retinal ischmemia or ocular inflammation
US6455035B1 (en) 1999-03-26 2002-09-24 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiopoietins and methods of use thereof
PT1165115E (en) 1999-03-26 2003-10-31 Univ California MODULATION OF VASCULAR PERMEABILITY BY TIE2 RECEPTOR ACTIVATORS
US6924264B1 (en) 1999-04-30 2005-08-02 Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified exendins and exendin agonists
EP1292335B1 (en) 2000-06-23 2007-05-30 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Combinations and compositions which interfere with vegf/vegf and angiopoietin/tie receptor function and their use (ii)
SE518981C2 (en) 2000-12-14 2002-12-17 Shl Medical Ab autoinjector
US7052695B2 (en) 2001-10-25 2006-05-30 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiopoietins and methods of treating hypertension
US20030158199A1 (en) 2002-01-25 2003-08-21 Kylix, B.V. Novel compounds for inhibition of Tie-2
AU2003229627A1 (en) 2002-04-08 2003-10-20 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft Zur Ve-ptp as regulator of ve-cadherin mediated processes or disorders
IL164799A0 (en) 2002-04-25 2005-12-18 Univ Connecticut Using heat shock proteins to improve the therapeutic benefit of a non-vaccine treatment modality
US7507568B2 (en) 2002-09-25 2009-03-24 The Proctor & Gamble Company Three dimensional coordinates of HPTPbeta
US7226755B1 (en) 2002-09-25 2007-06-05 The Procter & Gamble Company HPTPbeta as a target in treatment of angiogenesis mediated disorders
US6946479B2 (en) 2002-11-09 2005-09-20 The Procter & Gamble Company N-sulfonyl-4-methyleneamino-3-hydroxy-2-pyridones
US6930117B2 (en) 2002-11-09 2005-08-16 The Procter & Gamble Company N-alkyl-4-methyleneamino-3-hydroxy-2-pyridones
EP1611123B8 (en) 2003-04-09 2013-11-13 Exelixis, Inc. Tie-2 modulators and methods of use
NZ621449A (en) 2003-05-30 2015-07-31 Genentech Inc Treatment with anti-vegf antibodies
AR046510A1 (en) 2003-07-25 2005-12-14 Regeneron Pharma COMPOSITION OF A VEGF ANTAGONIST AND AN ANTI-PROLIFERATIVE AGENT
US20050059639A1 (en) 2003-09-11 2005-03-17 Wei Edward T. Ophthalmic compositions and method for treating eye discomfort and pain
US8298532B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2012-10-30 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fusion polypeptides capable of activating receptors
KR101166342B1 (en) 2004-03-15 2012-07-18 얀센 파마슈티카 엔.브이. Novel compounds as opioid receptor modulators
US7771742B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2010-08-10 Allergan, Inc. Sustained release intraocular implants containing tyrosine kinase inhibitors and related methods
SI1771474T1 (en) 2004-07-20 2010-06-30 Genentech Inc Inhibitors of angiopoietin-like 4 protein, combinations, and their use
EP1819355A4 (en) 2004-09-28 2009-08-12 Genexel Sein Inc Methods of using chimeric coiled-coil molecule
SI1838733T1 (en) 2004-12-21 2011-12-30 Medimmune Ltd Antibodies directed to angiopoietin-2 and uses thereof
JO2787B1 (en) 2005-04-27 2014-03-15 امجين إنك, Substituted Amid derivatives & methods of use
US7893040B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2011-02-22 Oculis Ehf Cyclodextrin nanotechnology for ophthalmic drug delivery
WO2007033216A2 (en) 2005-09-12 2007-03-22 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center Methods and compositions for the treatment and diagnosis of diseases characterized by vascular leak, hypotension, or a procoagulant state
EP3168234A1 (en) 2005-12-15 2017-05-17 Medimmune Limited Combination of angiopoietin-2 antagonist and of vegf-a, kdr and/or fltl antagonist for treating cancer
US20070149480A1 (en) 2005-12-23 2007-06-28 Alcon, Inc. PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION FOR DELIVERY OF RECEPTOR TYROSINE KINASE INHIBITING (RTKi) COMPOUNDS TO THE EYE
US20070173538A1 (en) 2005-12-23 2007-07-26 Alcon, Inc. PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATION FOR DELIVERY OF RECEPTOR TYROSINE KINASE INHIBITING (RTKi) COMPOUNDS TO THE EYE
MX2008012991A (en) 2006-04-07 2008-10-17 Procter & Gamble Antibodies that bind human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (hptpbeta) and uses thereof.
US7589212B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2009-09-15 Procter & Gamble Company Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US8846685B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2014-09-30 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US7622593B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2009-11-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US7795444B2 (en) 2006-06-27 2010-09-14 Warner Chilcott Company Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
US20130023542A1 (en) 2006-06-27 2013-01-24 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Human protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors and methods of use
WO2008049227A1 (en) 2006-10-27 2008-05-02 Sunnybrook Health Sciences Center Multimeric tie 2 agonists and uses thereof in stimulating angiogenesis
ES2365931T3 (en) 2006-12-13 2011-10-13 Shl Group Ab AUTOMATIC INJECTOR
CN101678170B (en) 2007-03-23 2012-05-30 Shl集团有限责任公司 Auto injector
US8642067B2 (en) 2007-04-02 2014-02-04 Allergen, Inc. Methods and compositions for intraocular administration to treat ocular conditions
US11078262B2 (en) 2007-04-30 2021-08-03 Allergan, Inc. High viscosity macromolecular compositions for treating ocular conditions
ATE501749T1 (en) 2007-07-06 2011-04-15 Shl Group Ab MONOINJECTOR WITH DOUBLE SPRINGS
WO2009037141A1 (en) 2007-09-18 2009-03-26 Shl Group Ab Automatic injection device with needle insertion
US9403789B2 (en) 2008-02-21 2016-08-02 Sequoia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzofuran-containing amino acid inhibitors of cytochrome P450
US8551054B2 (en) 2008-05-20 2013-10-08 Shl Group Ab Device for a medicament delivery device
EP2296732B1 (en) 2008-06-11 2014-02-26 SHL Group AB Medicament delivery device
WO2010010689A1 (en) 2008-07-22 2010-01-28 株式会社メニコン Liquid preparation for contact lenses
JP5859307B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2016-02-10 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Methods for inhibiting ocular neovascularization
US9096555B2 (en) 2009-01-12 2015-08-04 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
WO2010081172A1 (en) 2009-01-12 2010-07-15 Akebia Therapeutics Inc. Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
US8912236B2 (en) 2009-03-03 2014-12-16 Alcon Research, Ltd. Pharmaceutical composition for delivery of receptor tyrosine kinase inhibiting (RTKi) compounds to the eye
CA2753837A1 (en) 2009-03-03 2010-09-10 Alcon Research, Ltd. Pharmaceutical composition for delivery of receptor tyrosine kinase inhibiting (rtki) compounds to the eye
WO2010101992A1 (en) 2009-03-03 2010-09-10 Alcon Research, Ltd. Pharmaceutical composition for delivery of receptor tyrosine kinase inhibiting (rtki) compounds to the eye
RU2519123C2 (en) 2009-07-06 2014-06-10 Аэрпио Терапьютикс Инк. Compounds, compositions and methods for prevention of metastatic cancer cells
US8883832B2 (en) 2009-07-06 2014-11-11 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Compounds, compositions, and methods for preventing metastasis of cancer cells
TWI393578B (en) 2009-07-07 2013-04-21 Shl Group Ab Injection device
ES2533128T3 (en) 2009-11-06 2015-04-07 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Prolylhydroxylase inhibitors
US20110319455A1 (en) 2010-04-19 2011-12-29 Bruce Steven Klein Antifungal Treatment
CA2797247C (en) 2010-04-28 2019-10-22 Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre Methods and uses of tie2 binding and/or activating agents
ES2649340T3 (en) 2010-07-12 2018-01-11 Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Administration of hypoxia activated drugs and antiangiogenic agents for cancer treatment
CN103347565A (en) 2010-10-07 2013-10-09 爱尔皮奥治疗有限公司 Composition and method for treating ocular edema, neovascularization and related disease
WO2012073627A1 (en) 2010-12-02 2012-06-07 丸善製薬株式会社 Tie2 ACTIVATOR, VASCULAR ENDOTHELIAL GROWTH FACTOR (VEGF) INHIBITOR, ANTI-ANGIOGENIC AGENT, AGENT FOR MATURING BLOOD VESSELS, AGENT FOR NORMALIZING BLOOD VESSELS, AGENT FOR STABILIZING BLOOD VESSELS, AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION
CN103402582A (en) 2011-02-11 2013-11-20 普西维达公司 Methods of treating macular edema using anti-edema therapeutics
MX347226B (en) 2011-10-13 2017-04-19 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc Treatment of ocular disease.
CN104039351A (en) 2011-10-13 2014-09-10 阿尔皮奥治疗学股份有限公司 Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome and cancer
US20130190324A1 (en) 2011-12-23 2013-07-25 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate Topical ocular drug delivery
AU2013245630A1 (en) 2012-04-13 2014-10-30 The Johns Hopkins University Treatment of ischemic retinopathies
MY183712A (en) 2012-07-13 2021-03-09 Roche Glycart Ag Bispecific anti-vegf/anti-ang-2 antibodies and their use in the treatment of ocular vascular diseases
BR112015002295B1 (en) 2012-07-31 2022-02-01 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Method for inducing beta cell formation in vitro
ES2959385T3 (en) 2012-10-11 2024-02-26 Ascendis Pharma Ophthalmology Div A/S VEGF-neutralizing prodrugs comprising ranibizumab for the treatment of ocular conditions characterized by ocular neovascularization
KR20210133321A (en) 2012-11-08 2021-11-05 클리어사이드 바이오메디컬, 인코포레이드 Methods and devices for the treatment of ocular disease in human subjects
EP2922572A1 (en) 2012-11-23 2015-09-30 AB Science Use of small molecule inhibitors/activators in combination with (deoxy)nucleoside or (deoxy)nucleotide analogs for treatment of cancer and hematological malignancies or viral infections
GB2549865B (en) 2013-03-15 2018-01-17 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc Formulations comprising a compound that activates Tie-2 and their use in treating ocular diseases
US20150050277A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-02-19 Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
EP2983695B1 (en) 2013-04-11 2019-05-29 Sunnybrook Research Institute Methods, uses and compositions of tie2 agonists
EP3010526A1 (en) 2013-06-20 2016-04-27 Novartis AG Use of a vegf antagonist in treating macular edema
WO2014203182A1 (en) 2013-06-20 2014-12-24 Novartis Ag Use of a vegf antagonist in treating choroidal neovascularisation
US20160151410A1 (en) 2013-07-02 2016-06-02 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Clearance of bioactive lipids from membrane structures by cyclodextrins
MX2016000385A (en) 2013-07-11 2016-04-29 Novartis Ag Use of a vegf antagonist in treating retinopathy of prematurity.
US20160168240A1 (en) 2013-07-11 2016-06-16 Sergey AKSENOV Use of vegf antagonist in treating chorioretinal neovascular and permeability disorders in paediatric patients
EP2832746B1 (en) 2013-07-29 2018-07-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Anti-Ang2 antibody
US10617755B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2020-04-14 Genentech, Inc. Combination therapy for the treatment of glioblastoma
CA2925936A1 (en) 2013-10-01 2015-04-09 Sphingotec Gmbh A method for predicting the risk of getting a major adverse cardiac event
EP3062811B1 (en) 2013-11-01 2019-04-03 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiopoietin-based interventions for treating cerebral malaria
US9388135B2 (en) 2014-02-19 2016-07-12 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Process for preparing N-benzyl-3-hydroxy-4-substituted-pyridin-2-(1H)-ones
CN106456614A (en) 2014-03-14 2017-02-22 爱尔皮奥治疗有限公司 Hptp-beta inhibitors
WO2015152416A1 (en) 2014-04-04 2015-10-08 国立大学法人東北大学 Ocular hypotensive agent
US9719135B2 (en) 2014-07-03 2017-08-01 Mannin Research Inc. Conditional angiopoietin-1/angiopoietin-2 double knock-out mice with defective ocular drainage system
WO2016022813A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2016-02-11 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. Combination of immunotherapies with activators of tie-2
US20160082129A1 (en) 2014-09-24 2016-03-24 Aerpio Therapeutics, Inc. VE-PTP Extracellular Domain Antibodies Delivered by a Gene Therapy Vector
TWI738632B (en) 2014-11-07 2021-09-11 瑞士商諾華公司 Stable protein solution formulation containing high concentration of an anti-vegf antibody
US20160144025A1 (en) 2014-11-25 2016-05-26 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and formulations for treating vascular eye diseases
KR20180054677A (en) 2015-09-23 2018-05-24 에르피오 세러퓨틱스 인코포레이티드 Methods of Treating Guidance Pressure with Activator of TIE-2

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11155610B2 (en) 2014-06-28 2021-10-26 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Dual PDGF/VEGF antagonists
US11066465B2 (en) 2015-12-30 2021-07-20 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Antibodies and conjugates thereof
US12071476B2 (en) 2018-03-02 2024-08-27 Kodiak Sciences Inc. IL-6 antibodies and fusion constructs and conjugates thereof
US11912784B2 (en) 2019-10-10 2024-02-27 Kodiak Sciences Inc. Methods of treating an eye disorder

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20170319602A1 (en) 2017-11-09
US10220048B2 (en) 2019-03-05
US20200108080A1 (en) 2020-04-09
US20150050277A1 (en) 2015-02-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10220048B2 (en) Compositions and methods for treating ocular diseases
US20200361926A1 (en) Compositions, formulations and methods for treating ocular diseases
AU2016204410B2 (en) Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
US20200277267A1 (en) Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome
US20220016086A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treating ocular edema, neovascularization and related diseases
US9096555B2 (en) Methods for treating vascular leak syndrome

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: AERPIO THERAPEUTICS, INC., OHIO

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:PETERS, KEVIN;SHALWITZ, ROBERT;SIGNING DATES FROM 20190228 TO 20190303;REEL/FRAME:048498/0968

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

AS Assignment

Owner name: AERPIO THERAPEUTICS LLC, OHIO

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:AERPIO THERAPEUTICS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:049915/0240

Effective date: 20170315

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION

AS Assignment

Owner name: AERPIO PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., OHIO

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:AERPIO THERAPEUTICS LLC;REEL/FRAME:052432/0789

Effective date: 20200413

AS Assignment

Owner name: EYEPOINT PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:AERPIO PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:057448/0033

Effective date: 20210826